WO2018209803A1 - 一种传输信息的方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种传输信息的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018209803A1
WO2018209803A1 PCT/CN2017/093946 CN2017093946W WO2018209803A1 WO 2018209803 A1 WO2018209803 A1 WO 2018209803A1 CN 2017093946 W CN2017093946 W CN 2017093946W WO 2018209803 A1 WO2018209803 A1 WO 2018209803A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
data
indication information
unit
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/093946
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杜振国
庄宏成
丁志明
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to US16/614,929 priority Critical patent/US11184135B2/en
Priority to CN201780090578.2A priority patent/CN110612763B/zh
Priority to EP17910103.5A priority patent/EP3614760B1/en
Publication of WO2018209803A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018209803A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1893—Physical mapping arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1887—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
    • H04L5/006—Quality of the received signal, e.g. BER, SNR, water filling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02—Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/029—Location-based management or tracking services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H04W64/003—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management locating network equipment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/04—Scheduled access

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for transmitting information in the field of communications.
  • the resource is allocated to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device performs uplink transmission, it does not need to send a scheduling request (SR) to the network device and wait for the network device to send an uplink grant (UL Grant) information.
  • SR scheduling request
  • UL Grant uplink grant
  • the transmission mode transmits uplink data, thereby reducing transmission delay and reducing signaling overhead.
  • the network device does not know the behavior of the terminal device in advance, for example, the network device is uncertain when the terminal device sends data, how many terminal devices need to send data, and the terminal. How much data the device needs to send, etc., so that the system cannot determine the size of the unlicensed resource when configuring the exempted resource.
  • the network device For an unlicensed resource that has been pre-configured, if there are fewer terminal devices transmitting data through the unlicensed transmission mode, resources will be wasted due to a large number of idle resources; if there are more terminal devices through the unlicensed transmission mode Transmission of data, severe collisions between data of different terminal devices, greatly reducing the transmission performance of the unlicensed transmission mode. Obviously, this way of pre-configuring exempt resources is obviously not flexible enough.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting information, which can improve flexibility of resource allocation.
  • a method for transmitting information comprising: determining, by a network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate configuration of a second resource, and the second resource is used for transmission, including Retransmitting data including retransmission data of the first data, the first data is data sent by the first terminal device by using the first resource unit, and the first resource unit belongs to a pre-configured first resource, where the The first resource is different from the second resource, and the first resource is different from the second resource, where the first indication information is received by the network device according to the first data. The situation is determined.
  • the network device sends the first indication information.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application may enable the network device to receive data according to the first resource. Transmitting, by the terminal device, first indication information for indicating a configuration of the second resource, where the terminal device is caused to be based on the first indication Determining the information related to the second resource, so that the terminal device may not send the retransmission data on the original first resource if the data transmission fails, but directly send the retransmission on the second resource.
  • the data is equivalent to transmitting part of the currently transmitted data (ie, retransmitted data) through the second resource, and another part of the data (ie, the initial data) is sent through the first resource, and more resources may increase the success of the data transmission. Sexuality, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the network device adjusts the resource configuration according to the data reception condition, and also improves the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate whether the network device configures the second resource.
  • the first indication information is specifically determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of the first data and the at least one second data, the at least one The second data is carried on the at least one resource unit except the first resource unit, and the at least one second data is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second terminal device, and each second data is Corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the network device determines whether to configure the second resource based on the reception status of the at least one data transmitted on the first resource. In other words, if the certain condition is met, the second resource is configured, and the certain condition is not met. In this case, the second resource is not configured, which greatly improves the flexibility of resource utilization, and can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of the second resource; and/or,
  • the first indication information is further specifically used to indicate a location of the second resource.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate that the network device configures a size of the second resource
  • a size of the second resource And determining, by the network device, according to the receiving condition of data carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data carried on the first resource, and configures a resource of a suitable size for the terminal device, thereby improving the data transmission efficiency and improving the resource. Utilization rate.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and any two resource units are different in size, and the second resource includes the multiple resource units At least one resource unit,
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of data carried on each resource unit in the first resource.
  • the network device can be configured to be based on the bearer when the network device configures the size of the second resource. Determining the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, and determining the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, so that the first terminal device can be based on the size of the data to be transmitted and/or the modulation and coding mode used. Determining the appropriate type of resource unit to send data can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the method before the sending, by the network device, the first indication information, the method further includes:
  • the network device sends second indication information to the first terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends data by using the first resource, and the network device is based on data
  • the receiving condition configures the second resource.
  • the network device may indicate, according to the transmission condition of the current data, that the first terminal device uses the embodiment of the present application, that is, the second indication, by using the second indication information, if the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequent.
  • the information is used to indicate that the first terminal device uses the first resource to send data, and the network device configures the second resource based on the receiving condition of the data, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • a method of transmitting information comprising:
  • the network device detects the first transmission request information on the first resource, where the first transmission request information is used to indicate that the first terminal device needs to send data, where the first transmission request information is carried in the first resource unit,
  • the first resource unit belongs to a pre-configured first resource, and the first resource is an unlicensed resource;
  • the network device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether to configure a second resource, the second resource is used to transmit data, and the second resource is an unauthorized resource, and the second resource is The resource is different from the first resource, where the first indication information is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the first transmission request information.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application by setting the first resource for transmitting the transmission request information and the second resource for transmitting the data, may enable the network device to pass the first resource based on the actual needs of the terminal device. And determining, by the detection result of the transmission request information sent, whether the second resource is configured, so that the terminal device sends data through the second resource configured by the network device when there is data demand, and the network device does not have a data transmission requirement period. This second resource will not be configured, which effectively improves the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the second resource
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the second resource Size; and / or,
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a location of the second resource.
  • the size of the second resource is determined by the network device according to a detection result of the transmission request information carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the detection condition of the transmission request information that is carried on the first resource, and configures the second resource of the appropriate size for the terminal device, and can improve the data transmission efficiency while Increased resource utilization.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and data of data indicated by transmission request information carried on any two of the first resources Different types,
  • the second resource includes at least one resource unit, and any two resource elements of the second resource are different in size, and at least one resource element of the second resource is At least one resource unit of the first resource is in one-to-one correspondence, at least one resource unit of the first resource belongs to multiple resource units in the first resource, and each resource element in the second resource Corresponding to the data type of the data indicated by the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding first resource, where the data type is used to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding second resource, and/or The data type is used to indicate a modulation and coding manner of data carried in a resource unit in the corresponding second resource.
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding first resource.
  • the network device may be caused to be based on each of the first resources.
  • the transmission request information on the resource unit may indicate the data type of the data to be transmitted
  • Determining the number of corresponding resource units in the second resource so that the terminal device can determine that the resource unit of the appropriate type sends data on the second resource based on the size of the data to be transmitted, which can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the method before the sending, by the network device, the first indication information, the method further includes:
  • the network device sends the third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device configures the detection result based on the transmission request information.
  • the second resource
  • the network device may use the third indication information to instruct the terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the third indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequently. And indicating that the terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • a method of transmitting information comprising:
  • the first terminal device sends the first data on the first resource unit, where the first resource unit belongs to the first resource, and the first resource is a pre-configured unauthorized resource;
  • the first terminal device receives the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the configuration of the second resource, and the second resource is used to transmit the retransmission data including the retransmission data of the first data,
  • the second resource is an unlicensed resource, and the second resource is different from the first resource, where the first indication information is determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of the first data;
  • the first terminal device performs data transmission according to the first indication information.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application may enable the network device to receive data according to the first resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information for indicating the configuration of the second resource, so that the terminal device determines the information related to the second resource based on the first indication information, so that the terminal device may cause the data transmission to fail. If the retransmission data is not sent on the original first resource, the retransmission data is directly sent on the second resource, which is equivalent to sending the currently transmitted part of the data (that is, retransmitted data) through the second resource.
  • Another part of the data (that is, the initial data) is sent through the first resource, and more resources can increase the probability of successful data transmission, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the network device adjusts resource allocation according to the data receiving situation, and also improves resources. Configuration flexibility.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate whether the network device configures the second resource.
  • the first indication information is specifically determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of the first data and the at least one second data
  • the at least one The second data is carried on the at least one resource unit except the first resource unit, and the at least one second data is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second terminal device, and each second data is Corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the network device determines whether to configure the second resource based on the reception status of the at least one data transmitted on the first resource. In other words, if the certain condition is met, the second resource is configured, and the certain condition is not met. In this case, the second resource is not configured, which greatly improves the flexibility of resource utilization, and can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate The size of the second resource; and/or,
  • the first indication information is further specifically used to indicate a location of the second resource.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate that the network device configures a size of the second resource
  • a size of the second resource And determining, by the network device, according to the receiving condition of data carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data carried on the first resource, and configures a resource of a suitable size for the terminal device, which can improve the data transmission efficiency and improve the resource utilization rate. .
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and any two resource units are different in size, and the second resource includes the multiple resource units At least one resource unit,
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of data carried on each resource unit in the first resource.
  • the network device can be configured to be based on the bearer when the network device configures the size of the second resource. Determining the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, and determining the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, so that the first terminal device can be based on the size of the data to be transmitted and/or the modulation and coding mode used. Determining the appropriate type of resource unit to send data can further improve the data transmission efficiency
  • the method before the first terminal device sends the first data, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends data by using the first resource, and the network device configures the Second resource.
  • the network device may use the second indication information to instruct the first terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the second indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequently.
  • the first terminal device is instructed to use the first resource to send data, and the network device configures the second resource based on the data receiving condition, which can effectively improve the resource utilization efficiency.
  • the fourth aspect provides a method for transmitting information, where the method includes: the first terminal device sends the first transmission request information, where the first transmission request information is used to indicate that the first terminal device needs to send data, where The first transmission request information is carried in a first resource unit, the first resource unit belongs to the first resource, and the first resource is a pre-configured unauthorized resource;
  • the first terminal device receives the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether to configure a second resource, the second resource is used to transmit data, and the second resource is an unauthorized resource, The second resource is different from the first resource, where the first indication information is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the first transmission request information;
  • the first terminal device performs data transmission according to the first indication information.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application may enable the network device to pass the first resource based on the actual needs of the terminal device.
  • the detection result of the transmission request information sent on the network determines whether the second resource is configured, so that the terminal device sends data through the second resource configured by the network device when there is data demand, and the network does not have a data transmission requirement period.
  • the network device does not configure the second resource, which effectively improves the flexibility of resource configuration.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second resource is configured, the first indication information is further used to indicate the second The size of the resource; and/or,
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a location of the second resource.
  • the size of the second resource is determined by the network device according to a detection result of the transmission request information carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the detection condition of the transmission request information that is carried on the first resource, and configures the second resource of the appropriate size for the terminal device, and can improve the data transmission efficiency while Increased resource utilization.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and data of data indicated by transmission request information carried on any two resource units in the first resource Different types,
  • the second resource includes at least one resource unit, and any two resource elements of the second resource are different in size, and at least one resource element of the second resource is At least one resource unit of the first resource is in one-to-one correspondence, at least one resource unit of the first resource belongs to multiple resource units in the first resource, and each resource element in the second resource Corresponding to the data type of the data indicated by the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding first resource, where the data type is used to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding second resource, or The data type is used to indicate a coded modulation mode of data carried in the resource unit in the corresponding second resource.
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding first resource.
  • the network device may be caused to be based on each of the first resources.
  • the detection request information on the resource unit (the transmission request information may indicate the data type of the data to be transmitted), and determine the number of corresponding resource units in the second resource, so that the terminal device can be made based on the data to be transmitted.
  • the size to determine the appropriate type of resource unit to send data on the second resource can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the method before the first terminal device sends the first transmission request information, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device receives the third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device detects the transmission request information.
  • the second resource is configured.
  • the network device may use the third indication information to instruct the terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the third indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequently. And indicating that the terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • an apparatus for transmitting information is provided, the apparatus being operative to perform operations of the network device in the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise a modular unit for performing the operations of the network device in any of the above-described first aspects or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • an apparatus for transmitting information is provided, the apparatus being operative to perform the second aspect and the second aspect The operation of the network device in any possible implementation.
  • the apparatus may comprise a modular unit for performing the operations of the network device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect described above.
  • an apparatus for transmitting information is provided, the apparatus being operative to perform operations of a first terminal device in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect and the third aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise a modular unit for performing the operations of the first terminal device in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect described above.
  • an apparatus for transmitting information is provided, the apparatus being operative to perform operations of the first terminal device in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise a modular unit for performing the operations of the first terminal device in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect described above.
  • a network device comprising: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the memory is for storing instructions for executing instructions stored by the memory.
  • a network device comprising: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the memory is for storing instructions for executing instructions stored by the memory.
  • a terminal device comprising: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the memory is for storing instructions for executing instructions stored by the memory.
  • the processor executes the instruction stored in the memory, the executing causes the terminal device to perform the method in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect, or the execution causes the terminal device to implement the apparatus provided in the seventh aspect .
  • a terminal device comprising: a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the memory is for storing instructions for executing instructions stored by the memory.
  • a chip system comprising a memory and a processor for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory such that the communication device on which the chip system is installed performs The method of any of the first to fourth aspects above and the embodiments thereof.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is communicated by a communication unit (eg, a network device or a terminal device), a processing unit or a transceiver, The processor, when executed, causes the communication device to perform the method of any of the first to fourth aspects above and embodiments thereof.
  • a communication unit eg, a network device or a terminal device
  • the processor when executed, causes the communication device to perform the method of any of the first to fourth aspects above and embodiments thereof.
  • a computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a communication device (eg, a network device or a terminal device) to perform the above-described first to fourth aspects Any of the aspects and methods thereof.
  • a communication device eg, a network device or a terminal device
  • the network device detects the first data and the at least one second number And the first indication information is used to indicate that the second resource is configured, if the network device meets the preset condition that the first data and the at least one second data are received.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the second resource is configured, in a case that the network device detects the first data.
  • the first resource is used to transmit initial data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to data transmission in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method of transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource and a second resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method of transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource and a second resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource, a second resource, and a third resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource, a second resource, a third resource, and a fourth resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource, a second resource, and a third resource resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 are schematic structural diagrams of a first resource and a second resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource, a plurality of second resources, and a third resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or User device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) telephone, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to the wireless modem, in-vehicle device
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • handheld device with wireless communication capabilities computing device or other processing device connected to the wireless modem
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
  • Base Transceiver Station which may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in an LTE system (Evolutional The NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a future.
  • the network device in the 5G network or the network device in the PLMN network in the future is not limited.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 102 that can include multiple antennas, such as antennas 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114. Additionally, network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexer) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • Network device 102 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices, such as terminal device 116 and terminal device 122. However, it will be appreciated that network device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to terminal device 116 or 122.
  • Terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular telephones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable for communicating over wireless communication system 100. device.
  • terminal device 116 is in communication with antennas 112 and 114, wherein antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to terminal device 116 over forward link 118 and receive information from terminal device 116 over reverse link 120.
  • terminal device 122 is in communication with antennas 104 and 106, wherein antennas 104 and 106 transmit information to terminal device 122 over forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 over reverse link 126.
  • the forward link 118 can utilize a different frequency band than that used by the reverse link 120, and the forward link 124 can utilize the reverse link. 126 different frequency bands used.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • the forward link 118 and the reverse link 120 can use a common frequency band, a forward link 124, and a reverse link.
  • Link 126 can use a common frequency band.
  • Each antenna (or set of antennas consisting of multiple antennas) and/or regions designed for communication is referred to as a sector of network device 102.
  • the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the network device 102 coverage area.
  • the transmit antenna of network device 102 may utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of forward links 118 and 124.
  • the network device 102 uses beamforming to transmit signals to the randomly dispersed terminal devices 116 and 122 in the relevant coverage area, the network device 102 uses a single antenna to transmit signals to all of its terminal devices. Move Mobile devices are subject to less interference.
  • network device 102, terminal device 116, or terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 may be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network or a D2D network or an M2M network or other network.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of the example, and the network may also include other network devices, FIG. 1 Not drawn in the middle.
  • the resources used by the communication system 100 may be an unlicensed resource, or in the embodiment of the present application, each communication device (for example, a network device or a terminal device) in the communication system 100 may be based on Unlicensed transfer methods use resources for communication.
  • the unlicensed transmission mode can be understood as any meaning of the following meanings, or multiple meanings, or a combination of some technical features in multiple meanings or other similar meanings:
  • the unlicensed transmission may be: the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources; when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, select at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and use the selected transmission.
  • the resource sends uplink data; the network device detects uplink data sent by the terminal device on one or more of the pre-assigned multiple transmission resources.
  • the above detection may be blind detection, or may be detected according to one of the control domains in the uplink data, or may be detected in other manners.
  • the unlicensed transmission may be: the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources, so that when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and the selected one is used.
  • the transmission resource sends uplink data.
  • the unlicensed transmission may be: acquiring information of a plurality of pre-assigned transmission resources, selecting at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources when there is an uplink data transmission requirement, and transmitting the uplink data by using the selected transmission resource.
  • the method of obtaining can be obtained from a network device.
  • the unlicensed transmission may refer to a method for realizing uplink data transmission of the terminal device without dynamic scheduling of the network device, and the dynamic scheduling may refer to that the network device indicates the transmission resource by signaling for each uplink data transmission of the terminal device.
  • Scheduling method implementing uplink data transmission of the terminal device may be understood as allowing data of two or more terminal devices to perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resource.
  • the transmission resource may be a transmission resource on one or more resource units after the moment when the terminal device receives the signaling.
  • a resource unit may refer to a minimum resource unit for one transmission. For example, when the resource unit is a time domain unit for representing a time domain resource, one resource unit may be a TTI, and the value may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 2 symbols. Or it can be other preset time units.
  • Unauthorized transmission can mean that the terminal device performs uplink data transmission without requiring authorization of the network device.
  • the authorization may be performed by the terminal device to send an uplink scheduling request to the network device.
  • the network device After receiving the scheduling request, the network device sends an uplink grant to the terminal device, where the uplink grant indicates the uplink transmission resource allocated to the terminal device.
  • An unlicensed transmission may refer to: a contention transmission mode, specifically, a plurality of terminals that are pre-assigned the same Simultaneous uplink data transmission on time-frequency resources without network equipment for authorization.
  • the unlicensed resource described in the following refers to a resource that is configured by the network device and is not exclusive to any terminal device, that is, the terminal device sends data on one or more resource units among resources shared by multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device can select the resource unit to send data in a pre-configured resource in a competitive manner. For example, the terminal device randomly selects one resource unit to send data in a pre-configured resource, and the network device configures the terminal device with an unlicensed resource, but does not indicate the specific resource unit used by the terminal device to transmit on the unlicensed resource. . Which resource unit the terminal device selects is determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the detection of data or information by the network device may be blind detection, and the blind detection may be understood as detecting the data that may arrive without predicting whether or not data arrives.
  • Blind detection can also be understood as detection without explicit signaling.
  • the transmission resource may include, but is not limited to, a combination of one or more of the following resources:
  • Alpha-time domain resources also referred to as time resources, such as radio frames, subframes, symbols, etc.;
  • ⁇ -frequency domain resources also referred to as spectrum resources, such as subcarriers, resource blocks, etc.
  • ⁇ -space resources such as transmit antennas, beams, etc.
  • ⁇ -code domain resources such as Sparse Code Multiple Access (SCMA) codebook, Low Density Signature (LDS) sequence, CDMA code, etc.;
  • SCMA Sparse Code Multiple Access
  • LDS Low Density Signature
  • each terminal device independently selects an unlicensed resource to send uplink data to the network device according to an unlicensed transmission mode.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method of transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can be a base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a communication system including a network device and at least one terminal device.
  • the network device and the first terminal device of the at least one terminal device, and the network device and the terminal device The interaction of #A (that is, an example of the first terminal device) is taken as an example to describe a method for transmitting information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the first data on the resource unit #1 (ie, an example of the first resource unit), and the resource unit #1 belongs to the resource #1 (ie, the first An example of a resource), and the resource #1 is a pre-configured unauthorized resource.
  • the system is pre-configured with resource #1, and the resource #1 is an exempted resource, and the terminal device #A is based on a contention mode (ie, the terminal device #A and other terminal devices simultaneously select on the resource #1.
  • the resource unit selects a resource unit (eg, the resource unit #1) on the resource #1 to transmit the first data.
  • This resource #1 is a periodic resource.
  • the size, location, and period of the resource #1 are predefined by a high layer signaling configuration or standard.
  • the resource #1 is a frequency band, that is, one frequency band as resource #1 dedicated to unauthorized transfer.
  • the resource unit is a basic transmission unit for transmitting data or information.
  • the resource unit is a time unit, and the length of each time unit may be one TTI, one a time slot, a mini-slot, etc.; if the resource #1 is a frequency domain resource, the resource unit may be a sub-carrier or the like; If the resource #1 is a time-frequency resource, the resource element may be a resource element (Resource Element, RE), or may be a resource block (Resource Block, RB) or the like.
  • the resource #1 and the resource #2 described below may be resources of the same dimension or resources of different dimensions.
  • the resource #1 is a time domain resource
  • the resource #2 may be a frequency domain resource, a time-frequency resource, or a code domain resource.
  • the resource #1 is a frequency domain resource
  • the resource #2 may be a frequency domain resource, a time-frequency resource, or a code domain resource.
  • the network device detects the first data on the resource #1, and determines the indication information #1 (that is, an example of the first indication information) according to the reception condition of the first data, the indication information #1 For indicating the configuration of the resource #2, the resource #2 is used for transmitting retransmission data including the retransmission data of the first data, and both the resource #2 and the resource #1 are exempt resources.
  • the indication information #1 that is, an example of the first indication information
  • the resource #2 is used to transmit retransmission data
  • the resource #1 may be used to transmit the initial transmission data, and may also be used to transmit the retransmission data, that is, the first data may be the initial transmission data. It can also be retransmitted data.
  • the retransmission data of the first data is a repeated version of the first data, that is, the retransmission data of the first data is identical to the first data, that is, a redundant version of the retransmission data of the first data (( The Redundancy Version, RV) number is the same as the redundancy version number of the first data, for example, both are RV0;
  • the retransmission data of the first data is a retransmission version of the first data, that is, the redundancy version number of the retransmission data of the first data is different from the redundancy version number of the first data, for example, the first data.
  • the redundancy version number is RV0
  • the redundancy version number of the retransmission data of the first data is RV1, RV2, and the like;
  • the retransmission data of the first data sent in the second resource includes both a duplicate version of the first data and a retransmission version of the first data.
  • the redundancy version number of the first data is RV0
  • the retransmission data of the first data is transmitted three times on the second resource
  • the corresponding redundancy version numbers are RV0, RV2, and RV2, respectively, where A repeated version of the first data is included, including a retransmitted version of the first data. It should be understood that for each transmission of the terminal device #A on the second resource, either a duplicate version of the previous transmission version or a retransmission version of the previous transmission version, and not both .
  • the resource #2 is also an exempted resource, and the resource #2 may be an unlicensed resource for transmitting retransmitted data pre-configured by the network device based on the receiving condition of the data on the resource #1 (but The network device is determined dynamically based on the receiving status of the data on the resource #1, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource #2 can also be used to transmit initial data.
  • the network device transmits the indication information #1 based on the reception status of the data on the resource #1, and the terminal device #A listens to or receives the network device just right.
  • the resource #2 is configured by the instruction information #1, the initial transmission data can be directly transmitted on the resource #2.
  • the configuration of the resource #2 may include the existence of the resource #2 (that is, whether the network device configures the resource #2), the size of the resource #2, and the location of the resource #2. It will be explained in detail later.
  • the network device takes an example of the reception of the first data as an example.
  • the receiving situation for data in the embodiment of the present application indicates whether the network device successfully receives or fails to receive the first data.
  • the failure of the first data reception indicates that the network device can detect the existence of the first data on the resource unit #1 that carries the first data on the resource #1, for example, in the resource unit #
  • the received power on 1 is greater than the first threshold, or the device identifier of the terminal device #A is transmitted (for example, the ID of the terminal device #A), but the first data is not correctly demodulated and decoded, thereby The first data reception failed.
  • the network device detects the device identifier of the terminal device #A but does not correctly decode the data, and the device identifier is indicated in an explicit or implicit manner during the process of transmitting the first data.
  • the device identification is indicated by a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), or the data corresponding to the first data includes an independent control portion and a data portion, and the device identifier is included in the control portion.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the network device may successfully detect the device ID but does not solve the data.
  • detecting the data described in the embodiment of the present application may also be understood as detecting the resource unit carrying the data.
  • the network device has two ways to determine the indication information #1 according to the receiving condition of the first data, that is, mode 1 and mode 2.
  • the network device determines the indication information #1 based only on the reception status of the first data.
  • the network device directly determines the indication information #1 only when the first data reception fails, and the indication information #1 is used to indicate that the resource #2 is configured.
  • the indication information #1 is specifically determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of the first data and the at least one second data, where the at least one second data is carried in the resource #1 except the resource unit #1
  • the at least one second data is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one terminal device #B, and each second data is sent by the corresponding terminal device #B.
  • the network device not only determines the indication information #1 according to the reception condition of the first data, but also needs to jointly determine the indication information #1 according to the reception condition of the data transmitted by the other terminal devices.
  • the network device transmits the indication information #1 to the terminal device #A, so that the terminal device can perform data transmission based on the instruction information #1.
  • the indication information #1 is only one factor used by the terminal device to transmit data, and the terminal device #A further needs to comprehensively determine that the self-sent is sent according to the feedback information used to indicate whether the first data is successfully received.
  • the initial data is still retransmitted.
  • the indication information #1 indicates that the resource #2 is configured, meaning that the terminal device #A can transmit retransmission data on the resource #2 based on the indication information #1, and at the same time, the terminal device #A passes the first
  • the feedback information of the data determines whether the first data is successfully received by the network device: if the network device successfully receives the first data, meaning that the terminal device #A can subsequently send new initial data, then the network device does not need to Transmitting the retransmission data of the first data on the resource #2, but continuing to send the new initial transmission data on the resource #1; if the network device fails to receive the first data, it means that the terminal device #A follows What needs to be sent is the retransmission data of the first data, then the terminal device #A can directly transmit the retransmission data on the resource #2.
  • the terminal device is data transmitted through the unlicensed resource (ie, resource #1)
  • the plurality of terminal devices preempt the resources based on the contention manner, and inevitably, the data is sent on the same resource unit, especially in the Resource
  • resource #1 is small, it is more likely that data between different terminal devices will be carried on the same resource unit, causing serious collisions between data transmissions, which greatly reduces transmission efficiency.
  • the retransmission data of the untransferred data is sent on the resource #1, and the transmission efficiency is not necessarily improved. In the worst case, most of the data is not transmitted successfully.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application may enable the network device to receive data according to the first resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information for indicating the configuration of the second resource, so that the terminal device determines the information related to the second resource based on the first indication information, so that the terminal device may cause the data transmission to fail. If the retransmission data is not sent on the original first resource, the retransmission data is directly sent on the second resource, which is equivalent to sending the currently transmitted part of the data (that is, retransmitted data) through the second resource.
  • Another part of the data (that is, the initial data) is sent through the first resource, and more resources can increase the probability of successful data transmission, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the network device adjusts resource allocation according to the data receiving situation, and also improves resources. Configuration flexibility. .
  • step S220 regardless of the reception condition of the network device for the first data, the network device always configures the resource #2, and in step S240, whether the terminal device #A needs to use the resource #2, Further determined based on feedback information (indicated as feedback information #1) for indicating whether the first data is successfully received (for ease of distinction and understanding).
  • feedback information #1 indicated as feedback information #1
  • the indication information #1 indicates that the resource #2 is configured, and the terminal device #A determines that the reception condition of the network device for the first data is a reception failure based on the feedback information #1, and the terminal device #A can be in the Transmitting the retransmission data of the first data on the resource #2;
  • the terminal device #A determines that the reception condition of the network device for the first data is successful according to the feedback information #1, and the terminal device #A New initial data can be sent on this resource #2.
  • the indication information #1 not only indicates that the resource #2 is configured, but also indicates the size of the resource #2 based on the reception status of the data on the resource #1, but the resource# The size of 2 cannot be indicated as the size of the resource #2 is 0.
  • the indication information #1 is used to indicate the size of the resource #2, and the size of the resource #2 cannot be zero.
  • the indication information #1 is specifically used to indicate whether the network device configures the resource #2.
  • the network device can determine whether to configure the resource #2 for the terminal device #A according to the actual receiving condition of the data, and further indicate the terminal device #A by using the indication information #1.
  • the network device can determine whether to configure the resource #2 by using the mode 1 and the mode 2.
  • the above two modes are separately described.
  • the terminal device #A determines the indication information #1 only according to the reception condition of the first data, as described above, in this case, only in the case where the reception of the first data fails, the The network device will configure this resource #2.
  • the terminal device #A is any terminal device, and the first data is data transmitted by any one of the terminal devices, and the network device may be targeted to the first data.
  • the receiving condition is used as a trigger condition, and if the network device fails to receive the first data, the resource #2 is configured.
  • the network device determines whether to configure the resource #2 based on the receiving condition of the first data, and comprehensively determines whether the resource #2 is configured according to the receiving condition of the data of the other terminal device.
  • the The indication information #1 is used to indicate that the resource #2 is configured.
  • the receiving condition of the network device for the data may be the number of data that fails to be received, or may be the number of resource units in which the data is not received in the resource #1, and the preset condition may be a preset value. (To be distinguished and understood, as a second threshold), it may also be determined based on the amount of data transmitted over the resource #1 by the historical transmission time.
  • the network device When the network device fails to receive the first data and the at least one second data is greater than the second threshold, the network device configures the resource #2; otherwise, the resource #2 is not configured.
  • first data and the at least one second data may be partial data carried on the resource #1, or may be all data carried on the resource #1.
  • the network device determines whether to configure the second resource based on the reception status of the at least one data transmitted on the first resource. In other words, if the certain condition is met, the second resource is configured, and the certain condition is not met. In this case, the second resource is not configured, which greatly improves the flexibility of resource utilization, and can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
  • the indication information #1 is further specifically used to indicate the size of the resource #2.
  • the indication information #1 is also specifically used to indicate the size of the resource #2.
  • the indication information #1 may also be used to indicate the size of the resource #2, and the size of the resource #2 is 0.
  • the indication information # can indicate the size of the resource #2 by including different contents, which will be described in detail below by way of example.
  • the network device has pre-configured resources #2 of different sizes (reported as resource set #2 for ease of distinction and understanding) and corresponding index numbers, or standards define different sizes in resource set #2.
  • the resource #2 and the corresponding index number are used to indicate the size of the resource #2, that is, there are a plurality of mapping relationships between the resource #2 and the index number of different sizes.
  • the indication information #1 can indicate whether the resource #2 exists by the index number, and the size of the resource #2 in the case where the resource #2 exists, and thus, the terminal device #A can be based on the indication information #1.
  • the index number included to determine the size of the resource #2 is not limited to determine the size of the resource #2.
  • the value of the preset bit in the indication information #1 can be used to indicate the size of the resource #2. If the value of the preset bit is 0, it means that there is no resource #2. If the value of the bit is 1, it indicates that the resource #2 exists, that is, the index number corresponding to the resource #2 is 1. If the value of the preset bit is 2, the resource #2 exists, and The resource #2 corresponds to an index number of 2, and so on.
  • the resource #2 may be based on the reception of data by the network device for the resource #1. Dynamically determined, at this time, the resource set #2 is not required to be defined by a high-level configuration or a standard. In this case, the indication information #1 may directly indicate whether the resource #2 exists, and in the case where the resource #2 exists, The resource #2 size.
  • the size of the resource #2 is determined by the network device according to the network device. The reception of data carried on the resource #1 is determined.
  • determining the size of the resource #2 may be determined according to all data carried on the resource #1.
  • the determination of the size of the resource #2 is described by a specific embodiment.
  • the resource #1 when the resource #1 is a time-frequency resource, the resource #1 may include multiple resource units composed of a time domain, a frequency domain, or a time-frequency domain. It is assumed that the resource #1 includes N resource units, and the network device detects each resource unit in the resource #1, and detects the received power greater than the first threshold (or correctly detects the device identifier), but does not The resource unit that correctly parses the data is marked as a collision resource. It is assumed that the number of collision resources in the N resource units is M, where 0 ⁇ M ⁇ N. In this way, the network device can determine the size of the resource #2 to be configured according to the number M of collision resources or according to the proportion of the collision resources in the total resource unit, that is, M/N.
  • the size index of the resource #2 configured by the network device is S1; when ⁇ 1 ⁇ M/N ⁇ 2, the size index of the resource #2 configured by the network device is S2; when ⁇ 2 ⁇ M When /N ⁇ ⁇ 3, the size index of the resource #2 configured by the network device is S3 or the like.
  • the index of the size of resource #2, Si may also be replaced with a specific time-frequency resource allocation.
  • the resource #1 when the resource #1 is a combination of a time-frequency resource and a code domain resource, the resource #1 may include multiple resource units formed by a time domain, a frequency domain, or a time-frequency domain, and the terminal device #A may select any one of the resource units, and select an orthogonal sequence as the partial data of the first data, and send the first data in a code division manner.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the first data in a code division manner, and may be a CDMA spread spectrum transmission, or may be a non-orthogonal transmission such as SCMA.
  • the resource unit can be extended to be defined as a resource unit by a time domain, a frequency domain, a time-frequency domain, and an orthogonal sequence.
  • the network device may determine the size of the resource #2 to be configured according to the number of resource units detected in the resource #1, that is, the number of orthogonal sequences successfully recognized by the network device.
  • the network device allocates different DMRS sequences to different terminal colors, and different DMRS sequences are used to distinguish different terminal devices. Assume that the network device will detect N DMRS sequences, but correctly solve M data, M ⁇ N. In this way, the network device can determine the size of the resource #2 to be configured according to M or according to (N-M)/N.
  • the size index of resource #2 configured by the network device is S1; when ⁇ 1 ⁇ (NM) / N ⁇ ⁇ 2, the size index of the resource #2 configured by the network device is S2; when ⁇ 2 ⁇ (NM)/N ⁇ 3, the size index of the resource #2 configured by the network device is S3 or the like.
  • the index of the size of resource #2, Si may also be replaced with a specific time-frequency resource allocation.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data carried on the first resource, and configures the second resource of the appropriate size for the terminal device, which can improve the data transmission efficiency and improve the data. Resource utilization.
  • the resource #1 includes multiple resource units, and any two resource units Different sizes, the resource #2 includes at least one resource unit of the plurality of resource units,
  • the number of each resource unit in the resource #2 is determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of data carried on each resource unit in the resource #1.
  • the size of any two resource units included in the resource #1 is different, and the resource units of different sizes may correspond to different data types, and the data type is used to indicate the size of the transmitted data, the same type.
  • the resource unit may correspond to at least one data type, such that the terminal device #A may select the first data sent by the appropriate resource unit based on the corresponding data type of the first data.
  • the data type is related to the service type to which the data belongs.
  • the service type can be video service, picture service, file download service, short message service, voice service, social media service, etc. Therefore, it can be understood that different size resource units can be different. Type of business.
  • the network device can determine the number of the same resource unit in the resource #2 based on the reception status of the data carried on the same resource unit in the resource #1.
  • the terminal device #A it is possible to select a suitable type of resource unit transmission based on the size of data currently required to be transmitted (or, based on the type of service to which the data currently required to be transmitted belongs).
  • the resource #2 may include at least one resource unit in the resource #1.
  • the resource #1 includes three resource units, and then the resource #2 may include one type and two types. Or 3 resource units.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource and a second resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource #1 includes three resource units, which are large according to the size of the resource unit.
  • the small order is resource unit #A, resource unit #B, and resource unit #C
  • resource unit #A corresponds to a video resource, a picture service, and a file download service, which occupy a large resource
  • the resource unit #B corresponds to the social.
  • a resource unit #C corresponds to a service that occupies a small resource such as a short message service and a voice service.
  • the data transmitted by different terminal devices is carried on the three resources, and the network device detects the data on the three resources in the resource #1, and does not correctly receive the data, and configures the resource based on the data receiving situation. #2.
  • three resource units can be configured for the resource #2, and 10 resource units are configured for the resource #2 based on the reception of data on the resource unit #A carried in the resource #1.
  • #A based on the reception of data on the resource unit #B carried in the resource #1
  • three resource units #B are configured for the resource #2, based on the resource unit #C carried in the resource #1
  • 24 resource units #C are arranged for the three resource units #B of the resource #2.
  • the resource #1 includes three resource units, which are resource unit #A, resource unit #B, and resource unit #C, and the three types of resources carry data sent by different terminal devices, where The network device detects data on the two resources in the resource #1, and does not correctly receive the data, and configures the resource #2 based on the data reception condition.
  • the resource #2 may be Two types of resource units are configured, and the number of different types of resource units is determined according to the reception status of data carried on the resource units in the corresponding resource #1.
  • the resource #2 may select a resource corresponding to the resource required for the current retransmission data from the pre-configured resource set #2, or may dynamically configure the resource based on the reception status of the data carried on the resource #1. #2 size.
  • the network device can be configured to perform the size of the second resource, so that the network device can be based on each resource carried in the first resource.
  • the data receiving situation on the unit determines the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, so that the first terminal device can determine the appropriate type of resource unit to send data based on the size of the data to be transmitted, which can further improve the data. Transmission efficiency.
  • the modulation and coding mode used by the terminal device transmission is usually determined by the channel condition.
  • the terminal device channel that is closer to the network device is generally better, and can be transmitted by a higher-order modulation and coding method, and the terminal device that is farther away from the network device.
  • the channel is generally better and can be transmitted using a lower order modulation coding scheme.
  • the network device does not know in advance how far each terminal device is far away and close, and there is data to be transmitted. Therefore, it can be determined that the resource is configured in the resource #2 based on the reception condition on each resource unit on the resource #1. How many corresponding resource units.
  • the indication information #1 is also specifically used to indicate the location of the resource #2.
  • the resource #2 may be a time domain resource, and the indication information #1 is used to indicate the location of the time domain resource, or indicate the allocation of the time domain resource;
  • the resource #2 may be a frequency domain resource, where the indication information #1 is used to indicate the location of the frequency domain resource, or indicate the allocation of the frequency domain resource;
  • the resource #2 may be a time-frequency resource, and the indication information #1 is used to indicate the location of the time-frequency resource or to indicate the allocation of the time-frequency resource.
  • the indication information #1 may also be considered to indicate the size of the resource #2, because the resource allocation of the resource #2 actually implies the resource# 2 size.
  • the indication information #1 indicates the start point and the time domain length of the time domain resource, and the location of the time domain resource is uniquely determined by the start point and the time domain length of the time domain resource. In this way, it is actually equivalent to indicating the size of the time domain resource;
  • the indication information #1 indicates the start point and the frequency domain width of the frequency domain resource, and the location of the frequency domain resource is uniquely determined by the start point and the frequency domain length of the frequency domain resource. In this way, it is actually equivalent to indicating the size of the frequency domain resource.
  • the resource #3 for carrying the indication information #1 is a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), a Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), or a PHICH-like type. Any of them.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel
  • PHICH-like type any of them.
  • the resource #3 may be a resource corresponding to the PDCCH, that is, the indication information #1 is carried by the multicast downlink control information Group common DCI or Downlink Control Information (DCI) located in the resource #3.
  • the indication information #1 is carried by the multicast downlink control information Group common DCI or Downlink Control Information (DCI) located in the resource #3.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the resource #3 may also be a PHICH or a PHICH-like physical channel, that is, the indication information #1 is carried by the PHICH or the PHICH-like.
  • PHICH-like can be an extension of PHICH. This is because, after the terminal device #A transmits the first data on the resource #1, it needs to receive the feedback information #1 on the PHICH or the PHICH-like type. At this time, the terminal device may receive the correct response. Feedback information, it is also possible to receive the instruction information #1. If the terminal device #A receives the indication information #1, it means that the network device fails to correctly solve the first data, and therefore the resource #2 is configured to transmit retransmission data of the data. In other words, the network device can reuse the same resource for the feedback information #1 and the resource #3 of the first data, that is, simultaneously transmit on the PHICH or the PHICH-like.
  • the network device may Continuous Configuring the second resource (for the sake of distinction and understanding, another second resource configured after the resource #2 is recorded as resource #21), and the size of the resource #21 may be based on the network device in the resource# The reception on 2 is determined.
  • the network device can send the indication information #1 through the resource #3, thereby indicating the configuration of the resource #21 and the configuration of the resource #2.
  • the network device may determine according to the reception condition of the data carried on the resource #2, and the specific determination process and the network device receive the data according to the data carried on the resource #1.
  • the process of determining the size of the resource #2 is similar, and for brevity, it will not be described here.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends the indication information #2 to the terminal device #A, the indication information #2 is used to indicate that the terminal device #A uses the resource #1 to send data, and the network device configures the resource based on the reception condition of the data# 2.
  • the network device may determine and indicate according to the data amount or data frequency of the data currently sent through the unscheduled resource, that is, the embodiment of the present application is used, that is, the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less, or The mechanism of the embodiment of the present application is turned on in a period in which the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is infrequent, in other words, the indication information #2 (ie, the second indication information) is instructed to be sent by the terminal device #A using the resource #A. Data, and indicates that the network device configures the resource #2 based on the reception of the data.
  • the network device when the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less or less frequent, the network device indicates, by the indication information #2, that the terminal device #A can transmit data on the resource #1 while transmitting data, while The network device configures the resource #2 based on the reception of the data on the resource #1.
  • the network device When the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is more or more frequent, the network device also indicates that the terminal device #A does not use the implementation of the present application to perform data transmission, that is, indicates that the terminal device #A is in the network device.
  • the configured periodic unlicensed resource transmits data (initial data and/or retransmitted data), and the network device does not send the indication information #1 for configuring the resource #2.
  • the indication information #2 may be controlled by a Radio Resource Control (RRC) or a Media Access Control (MAC) control element (Control Element, CE), etc.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • SIB System Information Block
  • PDCCH Physical layer signaling
  • the network device may indicate, according to the transmission condition of the current data, that the first terminal device uses the embodiment of the present application, that is, the second indication, by using the second indication information, if the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequent.
  • the information is used to indicate that the first terminal device uses the first resource to send data, and the network device configures the second resource based on the receiving condition of the data, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application may be configured by setting a first resource for transmitting data and a second resource for transmitting retransmitted data.
  • the terminal device may be configured to determine, according to the first indication information, information related to the second resource, thereby
  • the terminal device does not send the retransmission data on the original first resource, but directly transmits the retransmission data on the second resource, which is equivalent to the part of the data currently transmitted (ie, The data is transmitted through the second resource, and another part of the data (ie, the initial data) is sent through the first resource, and more resources may increase the probability of successful data transmission, thereby improving transmission efficiency, and at the same time, the network device is configured according to The data reception condition adjusts the resource configuration and also improve
  • the network device determines whether to configure the second resource based on the reception status of the at least one data transmitted on the first resource. In other words, if the certain condition is met, the second resource is configured, and the second resource is not satisfied. In the case of conditions, the second resource is not configured, which greatly improves the flexibility of resource utilization, and can improve resource utilization to a certain extent;
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data carried on the first resource, and configures a resource of a suitable size for the terminal device, which can improve the data transmission efficiency and improve the data.
  • the network device can be configured to be based on the bearer when the network device configures the size of the second resource. Determining, by the data receiving condition on each resource unit in the first resource, the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, so that the first terminal device may be based on the size of the data to be transmitted and/or the modulation code used
  • the method for determining the appropriate type of resource unit to send data can further improve the data transmission efficiency;
  • the network device may use the second indication information to indicate, by using the second indication information, that the first terminal device uses the embodiment of the present application, that is, the first data device, based on the current data transmission situation, where the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less or less frequent.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends data by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource based on the receiving condition of the data, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a method for transmitting information, which is the same as the method for transmitting information, and the interaction between the network device and the terminal device #A (ie, an example of the first terminal device) is taken as an example, and the detailed description is based on the present disclosure.
  • a method 300 of transmitting information in an embodiment is provided.
  • the terminal device #A sends the first transmission request information on the resource unit #A, where the first transmission request information is used to indicate that the terminal device #A needs to send data, where the resource Unit #A belongs to the resource #A, and the resource #A is a pre-configured license-free resource.
  • the resource #A (that is, an example of the first resource) is configured in the same manner as the resource #1 in the method 200, that is, the system is pre-configured with the resource #A, and the resource #A is an unauthorized resource.
  • the resource #A is a periodic resource.
  • the size, location, and period of the resource #A are predefined by a high layer signaling configuration or standard.
  • the resource #A is a frequency band, that is, one frequency band as the resource #A dedicated to the unscheduled transmission.
  • the resource #A is specifically configured for the terminal device to send the transmission request information, and the transmission request information indicates that the terminal device needs to send the data through the unauthorized resource at the next time.
  • the transmission request information indicates that the terminal device needs to send the data through the unauthorized resource at the next time.
  • the first transmission request is first transmitted on the resource #A by the contention unit (ie, the resource unit #A).
  • the information informs the network device that there is data to be sent at the next time.
  • the transmission request information can be a very simple signal, for example, a predefined signal sequence
  • the network device can The transmission request information is detected based on the magnitude of the power of the signal, that is, whether the terminal device has data to transmit.
  • the network device may also determine whether there is transmission request information based on whether a predefined sequence is detected, that is, whether the terminal device has data to transmit.
  • the network device detects the first transmission request on the resource #A, and determines the indication information #A (ie, an example of the first indication information) according to the detection result of the first transmission request information, the indication The information #A is used to indicate whether the resource #B (ie, an example of the second resource) is configured, and the resource #B is used to transmit data, and thus, in S330, the network device sends the indication information #A to the terminal device. #A.
  • the resource #A is for transmitting transmission request information
  • the resource #B is for transmitting data
  • the network device determines whether to configure the resource #B based on the detection result of the transmission request information on the resource #A.
  • the network device #A After the terminal device #A sends the first transmission request information, if the network device detects the first transmission request information, the network device configures the resource #B, and passes the indication.
  • the information #A indicates that the resource #B is configured; based on some special cases, if the network device does not detect the first transmission request information, but the transmission request information sent by another terminal device is detected on the resource #A Then, the network device also configures the resource #B, and indicates that the resource #B is configured by the indication information #A; if the network device neither detects the first transmission request information nor detects other terminal device sending The transmission request information, then, the network device does not configure the resource #B, and indicates that the resource #B is not configured by the indication information #B.
  • the network device when the network device detects the transmission request information on the resource #A, as long as any transmission request information is detected on the resource #A, the network device configures the resource #B, if not detected.
  • the resource #B is not configured to the transmission request information sent by any terminal device.
  • the network device detecting the transmission request information described in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as: the network device correctly detects the transmission request information on the resource #A, or the network device detects that the receiving power is greater than the pre-request on the resource #A. Set the threshold signal. details as follows:
  • the network device When the network device correctly detects the transmission request signal on the resource #A, it indicates that the terminal device needs to transmit data, and the network device configures the resource #B.
  • the network device may receive a power exceeding a receiver's maximum input power (Receiver maximum input level), and the network device cannot solve the transmission request. Information, but in this case the network device should also schedule the resource #B.
  • resource #A is dedicated to transmitting request information
  • the network device detects a signal whose received power is greater than a preset threshold on resource #A, it should be considered that the terminal device has transmitted the transmission request information, and thus should be configured.
  • the resource #B is dedicated to transmitting request information
  • the detection of the transmission request information described in the embodiment of the present application may also be understood as detecting the resource unit carrying the transmission request information.
  • the method for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application by setting the first resource for transmitting the transmission request information and the second resource for transmitting the data, may enable the network device to pass the first resource based on the actual needs of the terminal device. And determining, by the detection result of the transmission request information sent, whether the second resource is configured, so that the terminal device sends data through the second resource configured by the network device when there is data demand, and the network device does not have a data transmission requirement period. This second resource will not be configured, which effectively improves the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the indication information #A is also specifically used to indicate the size of the resource #B.
  • the network device has pre-configured resources #B of different sizes (referred to as resource set #2 for convenience of distinction and understanding) and corresponding index numbers, or standard definition resource set #B Different sizes
  • resource set #2 for convenience of distinction and understanding
  • index numbers or standard definition resource set #B
  • the resource #B and the corresponding index number, the index number is used to indicate the size of the resource #B, that is, there are multiple mapping relationships between the resource #B and the index number of different sizes.
  • the indication information #A can indicate whether the resource #B exists by the index number, and the size of the resource #B in the case where the resource #B exists, and thus, the terminal device #A can be based on the instruction information #A.
  • the value of the preset bit in the indication information #A can be used to indicate the size of the resource #B. If the value of the preset bit is 0, it means that there is no resource #B. If the value of the bit is 1, it indicates that the resource #B exists, that is, the index number corresponding to the resource #B is 1. If the value of the preset bit is 2, the resource #B exists, and The index number corresponding to the resource #B is 2, and so on.
  • the resource #B may be dynamically determined based on the detection condition of the network device for the transmission request information on the resource #A.
  • the resource collection #B is not required to be defined by a high-level configuration or standard.
  • the indication information #A may directly indicate whether the resource #B exists, and the size of the resource #B in the presence of the resource #B.
  • the size of the resource #B is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the resource #A.
  • determining the size of the resource #B may be determined according to all transmission request information carried on the resource #A.
  • the determination of the size of the resource #B is described by a specific embodiment.
  • the resource #A when the resource #A is a time-frequency resource, the resource #A may include multiple resource units composed of a time domain, a frequency domain, or a time-frequency domain. It is assumed that the resource #A includes N resource units, and the network device detects each resource unit in the resource #A, and marks the resource unit that correctly detects the transmission request information or detects that the received power is greater than the third threshold. The resource unit is effectively requested, and it is assumed that the number of valid request resource units in the N resource units is V, V ⁇ N. In this way, the network device can determine the size of the resource #B to be configured according to the number V of valid request resource units or according to the ratio V/N of the effective request resource unit in the total resource unit.
  • the index of the size of resource #B, Si may also be replaced by a specific time-frequency resource allocation.
  • the resource #A when the resource #A is a combination of a time-frequency resource and a code domain resource, the resource #A may include multiple resource units formed by a time domain, a frequency domain, or a time-frequency domain, and the terminal device #A may select any one of the resource units, and select an orthogonal sequence as the transmission request information, and send the first transmission request information in a code division manner.
  • the terminal device #A sends the first transmission request information in a code division manner, which may be a CDMA spread spectrum transmission, or may be a non-orthogonal transmission such as SCMA.
  • the resource unit can be extended to be defined as a resource unit by a time domain, a frequency domain, a time-frequency domain, and an orthogonal sequence.
  • the network device may determine the size of the resource #B to be configured according to the number of resource units detected in the resource #A, that is, the number of orthogonal sequences successfully recognized by the network device.
  • the network device may according to the number of N. Determine the size of the resource #B to be configured. The larger N is, the larger the resource #B that the network device needs to configure.
  • the network device may configure different orthogonal sequences for different terminal devices as transmission request information, or the network device configures an orthogonal sequence pool, and the terminal device randomly selects an orthogonal sequence in the orthogonal sequence pool each time the terminal device transmits. Do To transmit request information, or all terminal devices may use the same sequence as the transmission request information.
  • the transmission request information may also be referred to as a transmission request signal.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the detection condition of the transmission request information that is carried on the first resource, and configures the second resource of the appropriate size for the terminal device, and can improve the data transmission efficiency while Increased resource utilization.
  • the resource #A includes multiple resource units, and data types indicated by the transmission request information carried on any two resource units in the resource #A are different.
  • the resource #B includes at least one resource unit, and any two resource elements in the resource #B are different in size, and at least one resource unit in the resource #B is in the resource #A
  • At least one resource unit of the resource #A belongs to a plurality of resource units in the resource #A, and each resource unit in the resource #B and the corresponding resource #A
  • the data type is used to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding resource #B
  • the data type is used to indicate the corresponding The modulation and coding scheme of the data carried in the resource unit in resource #B.
  • the number of each resource unit in the resource #B is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding resource #A.
  • the scheme of the present application is exemplarily described below by using the data type as an example to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding resource #B.
  • the transmission request information not only indicates that the terminal device needs to send data, but also indicates the data type to which the data to be transmitted belongs, and thus, the multiple resource units in the resource #A are related to the data type to which the data to be sent belongs.
  • Each resource unit corresponds to at least one data type, and the data type is used to indicate the size of the data to be transmitted, so that the terminal device #A can select the transmission request information sent by the appropriate resource unit based on the data type corresponding to the data to be transmitted. .
  • the data type is related to the service type to which the data to be sent belongs, and the service type may be a video service, a picture service, a file download service, a short message service, a voice service, a social media service, etc., and thus can be understood as such.
  • Resource units of different sizes can correspond to different service types.
  • the size of the multiple resource elements included in the resource #A may be the same, except that different resource elements are used to distinguish the data to be sent.
  • the corresponding data type may be the same, except that different resource elements are used to distinguish the data to be sent.
  • the resource #B includes at least one resource unit. Since the resource #B is for transmitting data to be transmitted, in the resource #B, any two resource units are different in size, and at least the resource #B is different in size.
  • a resource unit corresponds to a data type corresponding to the data to be sent, and the data type is used to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding resource #B.
  • the network device may determine the size of the corresponding resource unit in the resource #B based on the detection condition of the transmission request information carried on the same resource unit in the resource #A.
  • data may be transmitted based on the size of the data to be transmitted (or the resource unit of the appropriate type may be selected in the resource #B based on the service type to which the data currently required to be transmitted belongs.
  • the resource #B may include at least one resource unit corresponding to the resource #A.
  • the resource #A includes three resource units, and then the resource #B may include a corresponding one. , 2 or 3 resources unit.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a first resource and a second resource according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource #A includes three resource units, which are resource unit #A, respectively.
  • the resource request #B and the resource unit #C, the transmission request information carried in the resource unit #A corresponds to a video service, a picture service, a file download service, and the like, and the transmission request information carried in the resource unit #B corresponds to the social A media service or the like that occupies a general resource, and the transmission request information carried in the resource unit #C corresponds to a service that occupies a small resource such as a short message service and a voice service.
  • the three types of resources carry the transmission request information sent by different terminal devices, and the network device detects the transmission request information on the three resources in the resource #A, and is based on the transmission request for each resource unit bearer.
  • the resource is detected by configuring the resource #B. Then, in this case, three resource units can be configured for the resource #B, and 10 resources are configured for the resource #B based on the detection of the transmission request information on the resource unit #A carried in the resource #A.
  • the resource unit #A configures three resource units #B for the resource #B based on the detection of the transmission request information on the resource unit #B carried in the resource #A, based on the resources carried in the resource #A In the case of detecting the transmission request information on the unit #C, 24 resource units #C are arranged for the three resource units #B in the resource #B.
  • the resource #A includes three resource units, which are resource unit #A, resource unit #B, and resource unit #C, and all of the three types of resources carry transmission request information sent by different terminal devices.
  • the resource #B is configured based on the detection of the transmission request information carried by each resource unit.
  • two resource units can be configured for the resource #B, and the number of different types of resource units is corresponding.
  • the detection condition of the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the resource #A is determined.
  • the network device may be caused to be based on each of the first resources.
  • the detection request information on the resource unit (the transmission request information may indicate the data type of the data to be transmitted), and determine the number of corresponding resource units in the second resource, so that the terminal device can be made based on the data to be transmitted.
  • the size to determine the appropriate type of resource unit to send data on the second resource can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the modulation and coding mode used by the terminal device transmission is usually determined by the channel condition.
  • the terminal device channel that is closer to the network device is generally better, and can be transmitted by a higher-order modulation and coding method, and the terminal device that is farther away from the network device.
  • the channel is generally better and can be transmitted using a lower order modulation coding scheme.
  • the network device does not know in advance how far the terminal devices are far apart and close, and there is data to be transmitted. Therefore, it can be determined to be configured in the resource #B based on the detection condition on each resource unit on the resource #A. How many corresponding resource units.
  • the indication information #A is also used to indicate the location of the resource #B.
  • the resource #B may be a time domain resource, and the indication information #A is used to indicate the location of the time domain resource, or indicate the allocation of the time domain resource;
  • the resource #B may be a frequency domain resource, where the indication information #A is used to indicate the location of the frequency domain resource, or indicate the allocation of the frequency domain resource;
  • the resource #B may be a time-frequency resource
  • the indication information #A is used to indicate the location of the time-frequency resource or to indicate the allocation of the time-frequency resource.
  • the indication information #A may also be considered to indicate the The size of resource #B, because the resource allocation of the resource #B actually implies the size of the resource #B.
  • the indication information #A indicates the start point and the time domain length of the time domain resource, and the location of the time domain resource is uniquely determined by the start point and the time domain length of the time domain resource. In this way, it is actually equivalent to indicating the size of the time domain resource;
  • the indication information #A indicates the start point and the frequency domain width of the frequency domain resource, and the location of the frequency domain resource is uniquely determined by the start point and the frequency domain length of the frequency domain resource. In this way, it is actually equivalent to indicating the size of the frequency domain resource.
  • the resource #C for carrying the indication information #A is a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), a Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH), or a PHICH-like type. Any of them.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel
  • PHICH-like type any of them.
  • the method before the network device sends the indication information #A, the method further includes:
  • the network device sends the indication information #C, which is used to instruct the terminal device #A to transmit the transmission request information using the resource #A, and the network device configures the resource #B based on the detection result of the transmission request information.
  • the network device may determine and indicate according to the data amount or data frequency of the data currently sent through the unscheduled resource, that is, the embodiment of the present application is used, that is, the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less, or The mechanism of the embodiment of the present application is turned on in a period in which the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is infrequent, in other words, the indication information #C (ie, an example of the third indication information) is instructed to be sent by the terminal device using the resource #A.
  • the request information is transmitted, and the network device configures the resource #B based on the detection result of the transmission request information.
  • the network device when the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less or infrequent, the network device indicates, by the indication information #C, that the terminal device #A can transmit the transmission request information on the resource #A before transmitting the data. At the same time, the network device configures the resource #B based on the detection of the transmission request information on the resource #A.
  • the network device When the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is more or more frequent, the network device also indicates that the terminal device #A does not use the implementation of the present application to perform data transmission, that is, indicates that the terminal device #A is in the network device.
  • the configured periodic unlicensed resource transmits data (initial data and/or retransmitted data), and the network device does not send the indication information #A for configuring the resource #B.
  • the indication information #C may be carried by high layer signaling such as RRC or MAC CE, system information (for example, SIB), or other physical layer signaling (for example, PDCCH).
  • high layer signaling such as RRC or MAC CE, system information (for example, SIB), or other physical layer signaling (for example, PDCCH).
  • the network device may use the third indication information to instruct the terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the third indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequently. And indicating that the terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the network device can be made based on the actual needs of the terminal device.
  • the detection result of the transmission request information sent on the first resource determines whether the second resource is configured, so that the terminal device sends data through the second resource configured by the network device when there is data demand, in a period when there is no data transmission requirement, The network device does not configure the second resource, which effectively improves the flexibility of resource allocation;
  • the network device flexibly adjusts according to the detection condition of the transmission request information carried on the first resource.
  • the size of the second resource is configured to configure a second resource of a suitable size for the terminal device, and the resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and the resource utilization rate can be improved;
  • the network device may be caused to be carried in the first resource. Determining, by the transmission request information (the transmission request information may indicate the data type of the data to be transmitted) on each resource unit, determining the number of corresponding resource units in the second resource, so that the terminal device may be configured to transmit based on the required
  • the size of the data to determine that a suitable type of resource unit transmits data on the second resource can further improve data transmission efficiency;
  • the network device may use the third indication information to instruct the terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the third indication, in the case that the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less or infrequent.
  • the information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the contention transmission unit (CTU) described below is the resource unit described above, and the Grant-free data is as described above.
  • the first information in Opt 1 is the first data described above, and the second information is the retransmission data described above, Opt 2, through the data sent by the unlicensed resource, or the data transmitted by the unlicensed transmission.
  • the first information in the foregoing is the first transmission request information described above, and the second information is the data corresponding to the transmission request information described above, and the first resource in the following is the first resource described above,
  • the second resource in the text is the second resource described above, and the second resource indication information in the following is the first indication information described above, and the third resource in the following is the third resource described above.
  • CTU is the basic resource unit when the UE performs Grant-free transmission.
  • the CTU can be defined as a time-frequency resource block.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to one CTU is uniquely determined by the start of the time domain, the length of the time domain, the start of the frequency domain, and the width of the frequency domain.
  • the CTU can also be extended to define resources in other dimensions. For example, if non-orthogonal multiple access technology (such as SCMA) is used for Grant-free transmission, the definition of CTU can also be extended to the code domain, that is, CTU is defined as time-frequency resources and A combination of code domain resources.
  • SCMA non-orthogonal multiple access technology
  • CTU is defined as a combination of time-frequency resources, SCMA codebooks, and pilot sequences.
  • the CTU is defined as a time-frequency resource block as an example, but it is easy to understand that all embodiments of the present application can be used in the case where the CTU adopts other definitions.
  • Each Grant-free transmission resource pool may include one or more CUTs, and the sizes of different CTUs may be different, and CTUs of different sizes are suitable for data transmission of different services.
  • a CTU is also referred to as a sub-resource.
  • the Grant-free transmission resource pool is divided into a first resource and a second resource.
  • the first resource is configured by the base station in a semi-static manner
  • the second resource is dynamically activated by the base station according to the reception condition on the first resource. Configuration.
  • the first information is first sent on the first resource, where the first information may be:
  • Opt 1 The initial version of the UE's Grant-free data
  • Opt 2 Grant-free transmission request signal, indicating that the UE has Grant-free data to be transmitted.
  • the signal can be a very simple signal, such as a predefined signal sequence.
  • the second resource is configured, and the second resource is used by the UE to transmit the second information, where the second information may be:
  • Opt 1 Repetition or retransmission version of the Grant-free data of the UE
  • Opt 2 Grant-free data of the UE. Both the initial version and the repeat/retransmission version are transmitted on the second resource.
  • the second information may be a repeated or retransmitted version of the Grant-free data of the UE, which is relative to the first information (ie, the initial version of the data), and specifically includes three possible cases:
  • Case 1 The second information sent by the UE in the second resource is a repeated version of the first information, that is, the second information is completely the same as the first information, for example, RV0 for transmitting data.
  • the standard has now agreed that the data corresponding to the same TB can be transmitted for a maximum of K times during Grant-free transmission, and the value of K is configured by the base station;
  • the second information sent by the UE in the second resource is a retransmitted version of the first information, that is, the first information and the second information are different redundancy versions of the transmission data.
  • the first information is RV0 of the transmission data
  • the second information is RV1, RV2, etc. of the transmission data
  • the second information sent by the UE in the second resource includes both a duplicate version of the first information and a retransmission version.
  • the first information sent by the UE is RV0 of the transmission data, and is transmitted three times on the second resource, which are respectively RV0, RV2, and RV2 of the transmission data.
  • both the repeated version and the retransmission version are included.
  • it is either a duplicate version of the previous transmission version or a retransmission version of the previous transmission version, and it is not possible to have both at the same time.
  • configuring the second resource actually means that the base station detects that the user transmits on the first resource but does not correctly solve the data (corresponding to Opt 1) or It is detected that a user has sent a Grant-free transmission request signal (corresponding to Opt 2).
  • the meaning of "the base station detects the first information on the first resource" is different:
  • the first resource may include one or more, ie, CTUs, when the base station detects a signal on any one of the CTUs of the first resource (eg, detects that the received power is greater than the first threshold, or detects that the UE is transmitting)
  • the second resource is configured. In other words, if the base station correctly solves the data on all CTUs of the first resource, or the detected signal power is lower than the first threshold, the second resource is not configured because only the first resource is sufficient for the current Grant-free. The transfer is used.
  • the base station detects that the UE ID of the UE is sent but does not correctly decode the data, and the UE ID is indicated in the Grant-free data by an explicit or implicit manner, for example, the UE ID is indicated by the DMRS, or the Grant-free data is The independent control part and the data part are included, and the control part contains the UE ID. In this case, the base station may successfully detect the UE ID but does not solve the data.
  • Opt 2 When the base station correctly detects the transmission request signal, it indicates that there is a UE that needs to transmit data, and the base station configures the second resource. In addition, when too many UEs simultaneously transmit a transmission request signal, the base station side receiving power may exceed the receiver's receiver maximum input power (Receiver maximum input level), and the base station cannot solve the request signal, but in this case, The base station should also schedule the second resource. Considering that the first resource is dedicated to the UE to send the Grant-free transmission request signal, other signals are not occupied, so when the base station detects a signal whose received power is greater than the second threshold on the first resource, it should be considered that the UE sends The request signal is transmitted so that the second resource should be configured.
  • the “base station detecting the first information on the first resource” means that the base station correctly detects the transmission request signal on the first resource or the base station detects that the received power is greater than the second threshold on the first resource.
  • the first resource may include multiple sub-resources
  • the foregoing detection may be for each sub-resource, that is, when the base station correctly detects the transmission request signal on any sub-resource
  • the base station configures the second resource. If the base station does not detect the transmission request signal on any of the sub-resources, and does not detect any signal whose received power is greater than the second threshold, the second resource is not configured.
  • the size of the first resource and the location in the time-frequency domain are configured by the base station in a semi-static manner, meaning that the configuration of the first resource remains unchanged, or changes over a long period of time, that is, the first time Resources are reconfigured.
  • the semi-static configuration of the first resource can be performed as follows:
  • configuration is performed by RRC signaling.
  • the configuration information of the first resource may be carried by a dedicated SIB;
  • the configuration of the first resource is predefined by the standard.
  • the standard defines a certain narrowband as the first resource of the UL grant-free in the FDD mode, so that the UE can transmit through the first resource when data is transmitted at any time, thereby satisfying the delay requirement when the URLLC service adopts Grant-free transmission.
  • the base station can adjust the size of the first resource and/or the location in the time-frequency domain. For example, in a period in which the Grant-free data is large, the base station configures a larger first resource; in a period in which the Grant-free data is less, the base station configures a smaller first resource.
  • the base station When the base station dynamically configures the second resource, it needs to be indicated by signaling, that is, the base station needs to send the second resource indication information to configure the second resource.
  • the resource that transmits the second resource indication information is referred to as a third resource.
  • the second resource indication information may include different contents:
  • the second resource indication information only needs to indicate whether the second resource exists.
  • the location of the second resource in the time-frequency domain may also be standard pre-defined or configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the location of the second resource in the time-frequency domain may be standard predefined or configured by higher layer signaling;
  • the second resource indicator may directly indicate whether there is a second resource and a second resource size in the presence. At this point, there is no need to define a second resource size through a high level configuration or standard.
  • the location of the second resource in the time-frequency domain may be standard predefined, or configured by higher layer signaling, or indicated in the second resource indication information.
  • the first resource should appear periodically.
  • the size, location, and period of the first resource are predefined by a high layer signaling configuration or standard.
  • the first resource is a frequency band, that is, one frequency band as the first resource dedicated to Grant-free transmission.
  • the indication information for configuring the first resource may be referred to as first resource indication information.
  • the third resource may be a resource corresponding to the group common DCI, that is, the second resource indication information is carried by the Group common DCI located in the third resource.
  • the third resource may also be a PHICH or a PHICH-like physical channel, that is, the second resource indication information is carried by the PHICH or the PHICH-like.
  • PHICH-like can be an extension of PHICH. This is because, after the UE sends the first information on the first resource, it needs to go to the PHICH or the PHICH-like to receive the response information. At this time, the UE may receive the ACK, and may also receive the second resource indication information. If the UE receives the latter, it means that the base station fails to correctly solve the first information, so the second resource is configured to transmit a duplicate or retransmitted version of the data. Change sentence In other words, the base station's response to the first information and the second resource indication information may be multiplexed with the same resource, ie, transmitted on the PHICH or PHPH-like.
  • the third resource can be periodic or aperiodic.
  • the UE When the UE has data to send and hears from the third resource that the base station happens to schedule the second resource, it can directly transmit on the second resource without first transmitting the first information to the first resource.
  • the situation occurs in that the UE1 sends the first information on the first resource, and the triggering base station sends the second resource indication information on the third resource, where the second resource indication information is just heard by the UE2.
  • the second resource can also be used to transfer the initial version of the data in this case.
  • the solution of the present application can be illustrated by FIG.
  • the first picture in FIG. 6 is a case where the first resource is a periodic time-frequency resource block
  • the second picture in FIG. 6 is a case where the first resource is a fixed frequency band resource.
  • FIG. 6 only shows an example of indicating whether a second resource exists by the second resource indication information in the third resource, and an example of indicating other information of the second resource (such as the size of the second resource) by using the second resource indication information is Similarly, the details will not be described again.
  • the dashed box indicates that the resource is not actually configured, as is the case in subsequent figures.
  • the Opt 2 solution of the present application may not be suitable for delay sensitive services (such as high Ultra-reliable and Low Latency Communications (URLLC) services, but suitable for services that do not require high transmission delays (such as Massive Machine Type Communication (mMTC) services).
  • mMTC Massive Machine Type Communication
  • the fourth resource is a fixed frequency band, or a time-frequency resource block that frequently appears periodically, for transmitting delay-sensitive services, thereby ensuring a small transmission delay.
  • Fig. 7 is an example of a fourth resource being a fixed frequency band.
  • the UE transmits the delay sensitive service When the UE transmits the delay sensitive service, it directly transmits on the fourth resource; when the UE transmits the service with the low latency requirement, the UE first sends the Grant-free transmission request signal on the first resource, and then the base station schedules the first.
  • the UL data is transmitted on the two resources.
  • the fourth resource is used to ensure the transmission delay requirement of the delay sensitive service as much as possible, but once the transmission fails, the second resource may be used to transmit the repeated version or the retransmission version of the data; while the delay insensitive service is only in the first Transfer on the second resource.
  • the first resource is a basic transmission resource of Grant-free transmission, and its configuration is relatively stable.
  • the base station will schedule the second resource through the third resource only when the base station considers that the first resource cannot meet the current Grant-free transmission requirement, and the second resource supplements the first resource. In other words, if the first resource satisfies the current Grant-free transmission requirement, the base station does not schedule the second resource, which saves transmission resources and improves resource utilization efficiency. Further, the base station can indicate the size of the scheduled second resource by using the third resource, that is, flexibly adjust the second resource according to requirements, and further improve the resource utilization efficiency of the Grant-free transmission.
  • the first resource is a small resource
  • the base station only passes when the base station detects the Grant-free transmission request signal on the first resource or detects that the received power is greater than the second threshold.
  • the second resource configured by the three resources is used for Grant-free data transmission, and when no UE needs to perform Grant-free transmission, the base station does not schedule the second resource, thereby achieving the purpose of improving resource utilization efficiency.
  • the base station can indicate the size of the second resource to be scheduled by using the third resource, that is, flexibly adjust the second resource according to requirements, and further improve the resource utilization efficiency of the Grant-free transmission.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1 of the present application:
  • the amount of data of data transmitted by a UE under one base station through the Grant-free mechanism may be time-varying. E.g, Grant-free data is more frequent during certain time periods, while Grant-free data is rare in other time periods.
  • the foregoing solution of the present application does not have much significance, and not only cannot improve resource utilization efficiency, but may even reduce resource utilization efficiency.
  • Opt 1 in the period when the Grant-free data is relatively frequent, a large number of UEs transmit initial data on the first resource, and these initial data collide with each other, and it is basically impossible to transmit successfully, and the actual data transmission is basically Both rely on the repeat/retransmit version on the second resource. In this case, the first resource and the third resource are obviously wasted; for Opt 2, during the period when the Grant-free data is relatively frequent.
  • a large number of UEs send a Grant-free transmission request signal on the first resource, which causes the base station to detect the Grant-free transmission request signal on almost every first resource, and thus always needs to schedule the second resource through the third resource. And an event that always occurs is not necessary to indicate, in other words, in this case, the first resource and the third resource are also wasted.
  • the foregoing scheme of the present application can achieve better resource utilization efficiency improvement effect only when the Grant-free data is not frequent and the data is not determined when it arrives.
  • the base station may determine, according to the data volume or the frequency of the current Grant-free data, whether to enable the foregoing resource utilization efficiency improvement scheme of the present application, that is, when the Grant-free data is not frequent or infrequent.
  • the mechanism for applying to close the mechanism of this application when Grant-free data is more or more frequent Specifically include:
  • the base station When the Grant-free data is not frequent or infrequent, the base station indicates to enable the foregoing resource utilization efficiency improvement scheme of the present application, that is, instructing the UE to send the first information on the first resource before sending the Grant-free data, and then the base station The second resource is actually configured. This is true for both Opt 1 and Opt 2, except that the first information content is different for both Opt cases;
  • the base station When the Grant-free data is more or more frequent, the base station indicates to disable the foregoing resource utilization efficiency improvement scheme of the present application, that is, instructing the UE to send the initial version of the Grant-free data in the periodic Grant-free transmission resource pool configured by the base station, and Repeat/retransmit the version.
  • the definition of periodic Grant-free transport resource pools may be different for different Opts.
  • the periodic Grant-free transmission resource pool may be the first resource, or the second resource, or (the first resource and the second resource), or other periodic resources configured by the base station.
  • resources other than the periodic Grant-free transmission resource pool need not exist, for example, the third resource is not needed, thereby saving resource overhead;
  • the periodic Grant-free transmission resource pool may be the second resource, or other periodic resources configured by the base station. In this case, resources other than the periodic Grant-free transmission resource pool need not exist, such as the first resource and the third resource are not needed, thereby saving resource overhead.
  • the amount of data or the frequency of data of the Grant-free data in each period can be observed by the base station.
  • the base station counts the amount of Grant-free data for each time period in each of the 24 hours per day, thereby determining the period of time during which the amount of data is large.
  • FIG. 8 is an example of a periodic Grant-free resource pool being a second resource.
  • the base station may transmit an on/off indication through high layer signaling such as RRC to indicate that the foregoing resource utilization efficiency improvement mechanism of the present application is turned on/off, for example, the SIB is used to carry an on/off indication.
  • the base station may also carry an on/off indication through other physical layer signaling, for example, by carrying a Group common DCI to carry an on/off indication.
  • the on/off indication can be referred to simply as a switch indication.
  • the switch indication indicates ON, it actually indicates that when the UE has Grant-free data transmission, the UE needs to first send the first information on the first resource.
  • the configuration of the first resource by the base station means that the base station specifies information such as the size, location, and period of the first resource, but whether the current resource is actually enabled by the current system is determined by the switch indication.
  • the switch indicates that the switch is ON, the first resource configured by the base station takes effect, and the UE sends the first information on the first resource configured by the base station; when the switch indicates that the switch is OFF, the first one does not exist in the system.
  • Resource The first resource of the station configuration is used for other things, but the first resource configuration information still exists, but it is not currently enabled.
  • Inventive Embodiment 2 determining the size of the second resource according to the detection condition on the first resource
  • the base station may indicate the size of the configured second resource by using the second resource indication information in the third resource, and how the base station determines the second resource size that should be currently configured is a problem to be solved.
  • a solution is that the base station determines the second resource size to be configured according to the detection situation of the first information sent by the UE on the first resource.
  • the process of determining, by the base station, the size of the second resource to be configured according to the detection condition on the first resource may be implemented internally by the base station, or may be specified by a standard.
  • the first resource may be a time-frequency domain resource, where multiple sub-resources (ie, CTUs) in the time domain or the frequency domain or the time-frequency domain are included.
  • the UE selects one of the sub-resources to send the first information.
  • the base station may determine the second resource size to be configured according to the detection situation on the multiple sub-resources included in the first resource. It is assumed that the first resource includes N sub-resources.
  • the method for determining the size of the second resource by the base station according to the detection condition on the first resource may be different. The following is a specific example:
  • Opt 1 The base station detects each sub-resource in the first resource, and marks the detected sub-resource whose received power is greater than the first threshold (or correctly detects the UE ID) but does not correctly solve the data as the collision sub-resource. It is assumed that the number of collision sub-resources in the N sub-resources is M, where 0 ⁇ M ⁇ N. In this way, the base station can determine the size of the second resource to be configured according to the number M of the collision sub-resources or according to the proportion M/N of the collision sub-resources in the total sub-resources. For example, assuming that 0 ⁇ ⁇ 1 ⁇ ⁇ 2 ⁇ ⁇ 3 ⁇ ...
  • Opt 2 The base station detects each sub-resource in the first resource, and marks the sub-resource that correctly detects the transmission request signal or detects that the received power is greater than the second threshold as a valid request sub-resource, and assumes that the valid sub-resource among the N sub-resources
  • the number of resources is V, V ⁇ N.
  • the size index of the second resource configured by the base station is S1; when ⁇ 1 ⁇ V/N ⁇ 2, the size index of the second resource configured by the base station is S2; when ⁇ 2 ⁇ V/N ⁇ ⁇ 3, the size index of the second resource configured by the base station is S3...
  • the first resource may also be a combination of time-frequency domain resources and code domain resources.
  • the first resource may include one or more resource blocks in the time domain or the frequency domain or the time-frequency domain, and the UE may select one of the resource blocks, and select an orthogonal sequence as the first information, and send the first in the code division manner. information.
  • the first message is sent in a code division manner, and may be a CDMA spread spectrum transmission, or may be a non-orthogonal transmission such as SCMA.
  • tuples can be defined as sub-resources.
  • the base station may determine the second resource size to be configured according to the sub-resources detected in the first resource, that is, the number of orthogonal sequences successfully identified by the base station. For different Opt, the method by which the base station determines the size of the second resource according to the detection condition on the first resource may be different. The following is a specific example:
  • the size index of the second resource configured by the base station is S 1 ; when ⁇ 1 ⁇ (NM) / N ⁇ ⁇ 2 , the size index of the second resource configured by the base station is S 2 ; when ⁇ 2 ⁇ (NM)/N ⁇ 3 , the size index of the second resource configured by the base station is S 3 ...
  • the base station detects a total of N orthogonal sequences in the first resource, and each orthogonal sequence corresponds to a Grant-free transmission request signal sent by one UE, and the base station can determine the required configuration according to N.
  • the size of the two resources The larger N is, the larger the second resource that the base station needs to configure.
  • the base station may configure different orthogonal sequences for different UEs as the Grant-free transmission request signal, or the base station configures the orthogonal sequence pool, and the UE randomly selects an orthogonal sequence in the orthogonal sequence pool as Grant-free each time it transmits.
  • the request signal is transmitted, or all UEs use the same sequence as the Grant-free transmission request signal.
  • the data length of different services may be different.
  • the Grant-free transmission resource pool may contain different sizes of CTUs to meet the needs of different service transmissions. Assuming that three types of CTUs are defined, and the CTUs of different types are different, the transmission on the first resource should enable the base station to estimate the number of UEs that need different size CTUs, so that an appropriate number of three types are configured in the second resource.
  • CTU For a given type of CTU, how does the base station determine the number of CTUs configured in the second resource according to the receiving on the first resource, and may refer to the foregoing method for determining the size of the second resource according to the receiving of the first resource, and may also adopt other methods. method.
  • the aforementioned "size of the second resource” has the same meaning as “the number of such CTUs" herein, that is, for a specific type of CTU, the number of CUTs is equivalent to the occupied resource size.
  • the second resource includes multiple CTUs of different sizes, the sum of resources occupied by multiple CTUs is the “size of the second resource”.
  • the first resource should contain three types of CTUs, and the base station determines how much each CTU of the second resource should be configured based on the reception conditions on each CTU, as shown in FIG. Among them, the squares of different background colors or grids represent different types of CTUs.
  • the UE sends select one CTU in the corresponding type of CTU on the first resource for transmission according to the current service.
  • the multiple CTUs included in the first resource need not be differentiated, that is, the sizes of all CTUs of the first resource are the same, because the sizes of the Grant-free transmission request signals sent by different UEs are the same.
  • the UE sends the packet it selects one sub-resource to transmit the Grant-free transmission request signal among the sub-resources corresponding to the CTU required by the domain's own service on the first resource.
  • the Grant-free transmission request signals may be grouped, and different groups of Grant-free transmission request signals correspond to different CTU types.
  • an orthogonal sequence is selected in the corresponding Grant-free transmission request signal group according to the current service requirement, and then one sub-resource is selected in the first resource to transmit the selected orthogonal sequence.
  • the base station determines which type of CTU the current UE requests according to which group the detected orthogonal sequence belongs to.
  • Embodiment 3 of the present application continuously configuring multiple second resources
  • the base station may detect that there is still a transmission conflict on the second resource. In this case, the base station can continue to configure more second resources, and the size of the latter second resource can be determined according to the receiving condition of the base station on the previous second resource, as shown in FIG. Certainly, before each second resource, the base station may send the second resource indication information by using the third resource, where the configuration of the subsequent second resource is indicated.
  • the method for determining the size of the next second resource is determined by the base station according to the receiving condition of the previous second resource. For example, the method for determining the size of the second resource by the base station according to the receiving condition on the first resource in the second embodiment.
  • the base station receives the reception according to the previous second resource.
  • the method of Opt 1 in the second embodiment can be used, because the previous second resource transmits the Grant-free data instead of the Grant-free transmission request signal.
  • the second resource may include multiple CTU types, and different types of CTUs have different sizes, for example, three CTU sizes, which are respectively applicable to data transmission of different services.
  • the base station determines the size of the next second resource according to the receiving situation in the previous second resource. Specifically, the base station determines, according to the receiving situation on each CTU of the previous second resource, that the next one is in the next.
  • the number of corresponding types of CTUs should be configured in the two resources. For example, three different sizes of CTUs are respectively recorded as CTU1, CTU2, and CTU3, and the previous second resource includes three CTU1, five CTU2, and eight CTU3.
  • the base station determines that the next second resource needs to schedule two CTU1s according to the receiving situation on the three CTU1s in the previous second resource; and determines the next situation according to the receiving situation on the five CTU2s in the previous second resource.
  • a second resource does not need to schedule CTU2; according to the reception condition on the 8 CTU3s in the previous second resource, it is determined that the next second resource needs to schedule 3 CTU2s.
  • the base station schedules two CUTs and three CTU2s in the next second resource.
  • a method for configuring a Grant-free transmission resource pool comprising:
  • the base station detects the first information on the first resource, where the first information is transmitted by the UE by using a Grant-free mode;
  • the base station sends the second resource indication information, where the second resource indication information is used to indicate the configuration of the second resource, the second resource is used by the UE to send the second information, and the second resource indication information is used by the The base station determines the detection based on the first information.
  • the base station flexibly determines whether to configure the second resource and configure the second resource by using the detection condition on the first resource, thereby achieving the purpose of flexibly configuring the resource according to the requirement, and improving the utilization efficiency of the Grant-free transmission resource.
  • the first resource is used to transmit the Grant-free initial data, so that the solution meets the delay requirement of the delay sensitive service.
  • the first information is a Grant-free transmission request signal sent by the UE
  • the second information is Grant-free data sent by the UE
  • the Grant-free The transmission request signal is used to indicate that the UE has data to be transmitted in a Grant-free manner.
  • the first resource can be used to transmit a Grant-free transmission request signal such that the second resource can be small. Although not applicable to latency-sensitive services, it maximizes resource utilization efficiency.
  • the base station before the base station detects the first information on the first resource, the base station sends first resource indication information, the first resource indication information Used to indicate the configuration of the first resource.
  • the first resource is a basic resource of Grant-free transmission, which is periodic and configured by the base station in a semi-static manner.
  • the second resource indication information indicates whether the second resource is configured, and the resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and the indication overhead is small.
  • the second resource indication information indicates the second resource size, the resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and the indication is more flexible.
  • the existing signaling carries the second resource indication information as much as possible, and reduces the system complexity caused by the new signaling design.
  • the first resource includes a plurality of sub-resources
  • the second resource indication information is determined by the base station according to the detection of the first information, including:
  • a method of determining a size of a second resource based on detection of first information in a first resource is provided.
  • the base station before the base station detects the first information on the first resource, the base station sends a switch indication, where the switch indication is used to indicate that When the UE has Grant-free data to be transmitted, the UE sends the first information on the first resource.
  • the resource utilization efficiency improvement mechanism provided by the application can be turned on and off by means of a switch indication, so that the base station can be flexibly configured according to the situation, thereby improving resource utilization efficiency as much as possible.
  • a method of configuring a Grant-free transmission resource pool comprising:
  • the UE receives the second resource indication information that is sent by the base station, where the second resource indication information is used to indicate the configuration of the second resource, and the second resource is used by the UE to send the second information, the second The resource indication information is determined by the base station based on detection of the first information.
  • the base station flexibly determines whether to configure the second resource and configure the second resource by using the detection condition on the first resource, thereby achieving the purpose of flexibly configuring the resource according to the requirement, and improving the utilization efficiency of the Grant-free transmission resource.
  • the first information is Grant-free initial transmission data sent by the UE
  • the second information is a retransmitted version or a repeated version of the Grant-free initial transmission data.
  • the first resource is used to transmit the Grant-free initial data, so that the solution meets the delay requirement of the delay sensitive service.
  • the first information is a Grant-free transmission request signal sent by the UE
  • the second information is Grant-free data sent by the UE
  • the Grant-free The transmission request signal is used to indicate that the UE has data to be transmitted in a Grant-free manner.
  • the first resource can be used to transmit a Grant-free transmission request signal such that the second resource can be small. Although not applicable to latency-sensitive services, it maximizes resource utilization efficiency.
  • the UE before the UE sends the first information to the base station on the first resource, the UE receives a first resource indication sent by the base station Information, the first resource indication information is used to indicate a configuration of the first resource.
  • the first resource is a basic resource of Grant-free transmission, which is periodic and configured by the base station in a semi-static manner.
  • the second resource indication information indicates whether the second resource is configured, and the resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and the indication overhead is small.
  • the second resource indication information indicates the second resource size, the resource utilization efficiency can be improved, and the indication is more flexible.
  • the existing signaling carries the second resource indication information as much as possible, and reduces the system complexity caused by the new signaling design.
  • the first resource includes a plurality of sub-resources
  • the second resource indication information is determined by the base station according to the detection of the first information, including:
  • a method of determining a size of a second resource based on detection of first information in a first resource is provided.
  • the UE before the UE sends the first information to the base station on the first resource, the UE receives a switch indication sent by the base station, where The switch indication is used to indicate that the UE sends the first information on the first resource when the UE has Grant-free data to be transmitted.
  • the resource utilization efficiency improvement mechanism provided by the application can be turned on and off by means of a switch indication, so that the base station can be flexibly configured according to the situation, thereby improving resource utilization efficiency as much as possible.
  • a base station comprising:
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory communicate with each other through the bus;
  • the transceiver is configured to receive and send data
  • the memory is configured to store an instruction
  • the processor configured to execute the instructions in the memory, perform the method of any of embodiments 1-9.
  • the transceiver comprising:
  • the transmitter is configured to send, according to any one of Embodiments 1-9, the first resource indication information, the second resource indication information, and the switch indication;
  • the receiver is configured to receive, by the terminal, the first information and the second information as described in any one of Embodiments 1-9.
  • a terminal comprising:
  • the processor, the transceiver, and the memory communicate with each other through the bus;
  • the transceiver is configured to receive and send data
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute the instructions in the memory, and perform the method as described in any one of embodiments 10-18 law.
  • the transceiver comprising:
  • the receiver is configured to receive, by the base station, the first resource indication information, the second resource indication information, and the switch indication, as described in any one of Embodiments 10-18;
  • the transmitter is configured to send the first information and the second information according to any one of Embodiments 10-18 according to the configuration information.
  • a base station configured to perform the method of any of embodiments 1-9.
  • a terminal configured to perform the method of any of embodiments 10-18.
  • a computer program product comprising a computer program, which when executed on a computer unit, causes the computer unit to implement the method of any of embodiments 1-9.
  • a computer program product comprising a computer program which, when executed on a computer unit, causes the computer unit to implement the method of any of embodiments 10-18.
  • a computer program that, when executed on a computer unit, causes the computer unit to implement the method of any of embodiments 10-18.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for transmitting information in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 400 includes:
  • the processing unit 410 is configured to determine first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate configuration of a second resource, where the second resource is used to transmit retransmission data including retransmission data of the first data, where The data is sent by the first terminal device by using the first resource unit, where the first resource unit belongs to a pre-configured first resource, and the first resource and the second resource are both unlicensed resources, and the first resource is The second resource is different, wherein the first indication information is determined by the device according to the receiving condition of the first data.
  • the sending unit 420 is configured to send the first indication information determined in the processing unit 410.
  • the apparatus for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application can make the receiving condition according to the data on the first resource to the terminal device by setting the first resource for transmitting data and the second resource for transmitting the retransmitted data. And sending the first indication information, which is used to indicate the configuration of the second resource, to enable the terminal device to determine information related to the second resource based on the first indication information, so that the terminal device may be caused to fail in the data transmission.
  • the retransmission data is not sent on the original first resource, but the retransmission data is directly sent on the second resource, which is equivalent to transmitting part of the currently transmitted data (ie, retransmitted data) through the second resource, and another part
  • the data (that is, the initial data) is sent through the first resource, and more resources can increase the probability of successful data transmission, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the device adjusts resource configuration according to data reception, and also improves resource allocation flexibility. Sex.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate whether the device configures the second resource.
  • the first indication information is specifically determined by the apparatus according to the receiving condition of the first data and the at least one second data, where the at least one second data is carried in the first resource except the first resource unit.
  • the at least one second data is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second terminal device, and each second data is sent by the corresponding second terminal device.
  • the device determines whether to configure the second resource based on the reception condition of the at least one data transmitted on the first resource, in other words, if the certain condition is met, the second resource is configured, and the condition is not satisfied.
  • the second resource is not configured, which greatly improves the flexibility of resource utilization, and can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of the second resource; and/or,
  • the first indication information is also specifically used to indicate the location of the second resource.
  • the size of the second resource is determined by the device according to the receiving condition of data carried on the first resource.
  • the device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data carried on the first resource, and configures a resource of a suitable size for the terminal device, thereby improving resource transmission efficiency and improving resource utilization. rate.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and any two resource units are different in size, and the second resource includes at least one resource unit of the multiple resource units.
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the device according to the receiving condition of data carried on each resource unit in the first resource.
  • the device can be configured to perform the first resource based on the bearer in the first.
  • the data receiving condition on each resource unit in the resource determines the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, so that the first terminal device can be determined based on the size of the data to be transmitted and/or the modulation and coding manner adopted.
  • a suitable type of resource unit transmits data, which can further improve data transmission efficiency.
  • the sending unit 420 is further configured to:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends data by using the first resource, and the device configures the second resource based on the receiving condition of the data.
  • the device may instruct the first terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the second indication, by using the second indication information, based on the current data transmission condition, in the case that the data transmitted through the unlicensed resource is less or less frequent.
  • the information is used to indicate that the first terminal device uses the first resource to send data, and the second resource is configured based on the receiving condition of the data, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the device 400 for transmitting information may correspond to (for example, may be configured or be itself) the network device described in the above method 200, and each module or unit in the device 400 for transmitting information is used to perform the network in the method 200 described above, respectively. Detailed descriptions of the operations and processes performed by the device are omitted here to avoid redundancy.
  • the device 400 may be a network device.
  • the device 400 may include: a processor, a transmitter and a receiver, a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver, and optionally,
  • the apparatus also includes a memory in communication with the processor.
  • the processor, the memory, the transmitter and the receiver may be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory to control the transmitter to transmit information or the receiver to receive signals.
  • the processing unit 410 in the apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 13 may correspond to the processor, and the transmitting unit 420 in the apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 13 may correspond to the transmitter.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be implemented by the same component transceiver.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for transmitting information in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 includes:
  • the processing unit 510 is configured to detect, by using the first resource, the first transmission request information, where the first transmission request information is used to indicate that the first terminal device needs to send data, where the first transmission request information is carried in the first resource unit,
  • the first resource unit belongs to a pre-configured first resource, and the first resource is an unauthorized resource;
  • the sending unit 520 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second resource is configured, the second resource is used to transmit data, and the second resource is an unauthorized resource, and the second resource is The first resource is different, wherein the first indication information is determined by the device according to the detection result of the first transmission request information.
  • the apparatus for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application can set the first resource for transmitting the transmission request information and the second resource for transmitting the data, so that the network device can be based on the first resource according to the actual demand of the device.
  • the detection result of the transmitted transmission request information determines whether the second resource is configured, so that the device sends data through the second resource configured by the network device when there is data demand, and the network device does not
  • the second resource is configured to effectively improve the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the second resource
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of the second resource
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the location of the second resource.
  • the size of the second resource is determined by the device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the detection condition of the transmission request information that is carried on the first resource, and configures the second resource with the appropriate size for the device, and can improve the data transmission efficiency. Increased resource utilization.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and data types indicated by the transmission request information carried on any two resource units in the first resource are different.
  • the second resource includes at least one resource unit, and any two resource elements of the second resource are different in size, and at least one resource element of the second resource is in the first resource
  • At least one resource unit of the first resource belongs to a plurality of resource units in the first resource, and each of the second resources and the corresponding first resource
  • the data type is used to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding second resource
  • the data type is used to indicate the corresponding A modulation and coding scheme of data carried in resource elements in the second resource.
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding first resource.
  • the network device may be caused to be based on each of the first resources.
  • the detection request information on the resource unit (the transmission request information may indicate the data type of the data to be transmitted), and determine the number of corresponding resource units in the second resource, so that the terminal device can be made based on the data to be transmitted.
  • the size to determine the appropriate type of resource unit to send data on the second resource can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the sending unit 520 is further configured to:
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information.
  • the network device may use the third indication information to instruct the terminal device to use the embodiment of the present application, that is, the third indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or less frequently.
  • the device is instructed to use the first resource to send the transmission request information, and the network device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information, so that the resource utilization efficiency can be effectively improved.
  • the device 500 for transmitting information may correspond to (for example, may be configured or be itself) the network device described in the above method 300, and each module or unit in the device 500 for transmitting information is used to perform the network in the method 300 described above, respectively. Detailed descriptions of the operations and processes performed by the device are omitted here to avoid redundancy.
  • the apparatus 500 may be a network device.
  • the apparatus 500 may include: a processor, a transmitter and a receiver, a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver, and optionally,
  • the apparatus also includes a memory in communication with the processor.
  • the processor, the memory, the transmitter and the receiver may be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory to control the transmitter to transmit information or the receiver to receive signals.
  • the processing unit 510 in the apparatus 500 shown in FIG. 14 may correspond to the processor, and the transmitting unit 520 in the apparatus 500 shown in FIG. 14 may correspond to the transmitter.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be implemented by the same component transceiver.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for transmitting information in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 600 includes:
  • the sending unit 610 is configured to send the first data on the first resource unit, where the first resource unit belongs to the first resource, where the first resource is a pre-configured unauthorized resource;
  • the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a configuration of a second resource, where the second resource is used to transmit retransmission data including retransmission data of the first data, where The second resource is an exempted resource, and the second resource is different from the first resource, where the first indication information is determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of the first data;
  • the sending unit 610 is further configured to perform data transmission according to the first indication information received by the receiving unit 620.
  • the apparatus for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application may enable the network device to receive the data according to the first resource by setting a first resource for transmitting data and a second resource for transmitting retransmission data. Transmitting, by the terminal device, first indication information for indicating a configuration of the second resource, the device may be configured to determine information related to the second resource based on the first indication information, thereby enabling the device to fail in the case of data transmission failure.
  • the retransmission data is not sent on the original first resource, but the retransmission data is directly sent on the second resource, which is equivalent to transmitting part of the currently transmitted data (ie, retransmitted data) through the second resource, and A part of the data (that is, the initial data) is sent through the first resource, and more resources can increase the probability of successful data transmission, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the network device adjusts the resource configuration according to the data receiving situation, and also improves resource allocation. Flexibility.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate whether the network device configures the second resource.
  • the first indication information is specifically determined by the network device according to the receiving condition of the first data and the at least one second data, where the at least one second data is carried in the first resource, except the first resource unit.
  • the at least one second data is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one second terminal device, and each second data is Corresponding to the second terminal device.
  • the network device determines whether to configure the second resource based on the reception status of the at least one data transmitted on the first resource. In other words, if the certain condition is met, the second resource is configured, and the certain condition is not met. In this case, the second resource is not configured, which greatly improves the flexibility of resource utilization, and can improve resource utilization to a certain extent.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of the second resource; and/or,
  • the first indication information is also specifically used to indicate the location of the second resource.
  • the size of the second resource is determined by the device according to the receiving condition of data carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data carried on the first resource, and configures a resource of a suitable size for the terminal device, thereby improving the data transmission efficiency and improving the resource. Utilization rate.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and any two resource units are different in size, and the second resource includes at least one resource unit of the multiple resource units.
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the device according to the receiving condition of data carried on each resource unit in the first resource.
  • the network device can be configured to be based on the bearer when the network device configures the size of the second resource. Determining the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, and determining the number of the same resource unit in the second resource, so that the first terminal device can be based on the size of the data to be transmitted and/or the modulation and coding mode used. Determining the appropriate type of resource unit to send data can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the receiving unit 620 is further configured to:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the apparatus sends the data by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource according to the receiving condition of the data.
  • the network device may indicate, according to the transmission condition of the current data, that the device uses the embodiment of the present application by using the second indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or infrequent, that is, the second indication information is used.
  • the device is instructed to use the first resource to send data, and the network device configures the second resource based on the receiving condition of the data, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the device 600 for transmitting information may correspond to (for example, may be configured or be itself) the first terminal device described in the above method 200, and each module or unit in the device 600 for transmitting information is used to execute the method 200 described above, respectively.
  • each module or unit in the device 600 for transmitting information is used to execute the method 200 described above, respectively.
  • the operation or processing procedure performed by the first terminal device detailed descriptions thereof will be omitted herein to avoid redundancy.
  • the device 600 may be a first terminal device.
  • the device 600 may include: a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver, and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver.
  • the device also includes a memory in communication with the processor.
  • the processor, the memory, the transmitter and the receiver may be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory to control the transmitter to transmit information or the receiver to receive signals.
  • the transmitting unit 610 in the apparatus 600 shown in FIG. 15 can correspond to the transmitter, and the receiving unit 620 in the apparatus 600 shown in FIG. 15 can correspond to the receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be implemented by the same component transceiver.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for transmitting information in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 700 includes:
  • the sending unit 710 is configured to send the first transmission request information, where the first transmission request information is used to indicate that the device needs to send data, where the first transmission request information is carried in the first resource unit, where the first resource unit belongs to the a first resource, and the first resource is a pre-configured unauthorized resource;
  • the receiving unit 720 is configured to receive the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate whether the second resource is configured, the second resource is used to transmit data, and the second resource is an unauthorized resource, and the second resource is The first resource is different, where the first indication information is determined by the network device according to the detection result of the first transmission request information;
  • the sending unit 710 is further configured to perform data transmission according to the first indication information received by the receiving unit 720.
  • the apparatus for transmitting information in the embodiment of the present application by setting the first resource for transmitting the transmission request information and the second resource for transmitting the data, may enable the network device to pass the first resource based on the actual demand of the device. And determining, by the detection result of the transmission request information sent, whether the second resource is configured, so that the device sends data through the second resource configured by the network device when there is data demand, and the network device does not have a data transmission requirement period. This second resource will not be configured, which effectively improves the flexibility of resource allocation.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the second resource
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a size of the second resource
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate the location of the second resource.
  • the size of the second resource is determined by the device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the first resource.
  • the network device flexibly adjusts the size of the second resource according to the detection condition of the transmission request information that is carried on the first resource, and configures the second resource with the appropriate size for the device, and can improve the data transmission efficiency. Increased resource utilization.
  • the first resource includes multiple resource units, and data types indicated by the transmission request information carried on any two resource units in the first resource are different.
  • the second resource includes at least one resource unit, and any two resource elements of the second resource are different in size, and at least one resource element of the second resource is in the first resource
  • At least one resource unit of the first resource belongs to a plurality of resource units in the first resource, and each of the second resources and the corresponding first resource
  • the data type is used to indicate the size of the resource unit in the corresponding second resource
  • the data type is used to indicate the corresponding A modulation and coding scheme of data carried in resource elements in the second resource.
  • the number of each resource unit in the second resource is determined by the device according to the detection result of the transmission request information carried on the resource unit in the corresponding first resource.
  • the network device may be caused to be based on each of the first resources.
  • the detection request information (the transmission request information may indicate the data type of the data to be transmitted) on the resource unit, and determine the number of corresponding resource units in the second resource, so that the device may be based on the data to be transmitted.
  • the size to determine the appropriate type of resource unit to send data on the second resource can further improve the data transmission efficiency.
  • the receiving unit 720 is further configured to:
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the apparatus sends the transmission request information by using the first resource, and the network device configures the second resource according to the detection result of the transmission request information.
  • the network device may indicate, according to the transmission condition of the current data, that the device uses the embodiment of the present application by using the third indication information, in the case that the data transmitted by the unlicensed resource is less or infrequent, that is, the third indication information is used.
  • the device is instructed to use the first resource to send the transmission request information, and the network device configures the second resource based on the detection result of the transmission request information, which can effectively improve resource utilization efficiency.
  • the device 700 for transmitting information may correspond to (for example, may be configured or be itself) the first terminal device described in the above method 300, and each module or unit in the device 700 for transmitting information is used to perform the method 300 described above, respectively.
  • each module or unit in the device 700 for transmitting information is used to perform the method 300 described above, respectively.
  • the operation or processing procedure performed by the first terminal device detailed descriptions thereof will be omitted herein to avoid redundancy.
  • the device 700 may be a first terminal device.
  • the device 700 may include: a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver, and a processor, a transmitter, and a receiver, and a communication connection.
  • the device also includes a memory in communication with the processor.
  • the processor, the memory, the transmitter and the receiver may be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory to control the transmitter to transmit information or the receiver to receive signals.
  • the transmitting unit 710 in the apparatus 700 shown in FIG. 16 may correspond to the transmitter, and the receiving unit 720 in the apparatus 700 shown in FIG. 16 may correspond to the receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be implemented by the same component transceiver.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electric Erase programmable read only memory (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DDR Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DR RAM Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the embodiments of the present application, or the part contributing to the prior art or the part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种传输信息的方法和装置，该方法包括：网络设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，该第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，该第一数据是第一终端设备使用第一资源单元发送的数据，该第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，该第一资源和该第二资源都为免授权资源，且该第一资源与该第二资源相异，其中，该第一指示信息是该网络设备根据该第一数据的接收情况确定的；该网络设备发送该第一指示信息。因此，能够提高资源配置的灵活性。

Description

一种传输信息的方法和装置
本申请要求于2017年5月19日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710359142.0、申请名称为“一种提高传输资源利用效率的方法和设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，更具体地，涉及通信领域中一种传输信息的方法和装置。
背景技术
目前已知一种基于免授权(Grant-free)的免授权传输方式，或者称为免调度传输方式，在该传输方式中，网络设备将预先配置(例如，通过半静态方式配置)的免授权资源分配给终端设备，终端设备在进行上行传输时，不需要向网络设备发送调度请求(Scheduling Request，SR)以及等待网络设备发送上行授权(Up Link Grant，UL Grant)信息，可以直接通过免授权传输方式发送上行数据，从而减少传输时延以及降低信令开销。
在该现有技术中，基于该免授权传输方式的特点，网络设备并不会提前知晓终端设备的行为，例如，网络设备不确定终端设备何时发送数据、多少个终端设备需要发送数据以及终端设备有多少数据需要发送等，使得系统在配置免授权资源时不能确定免授权资源的大小。对于已经预先配置好的免授权资源，若是有较少的终端设备通过免授权传输方式传输数据，则会由于大量闲置的资源而导致资源的浪费；若是有较多的终端设备通过免授权传输方式传输数据，不同终端设备的数据之间严重碰撞，极大地降低了免授权传输方式的传输性能。显然，这种预先配置免授权资源的方式显然不够灵活。
因而，需要提供一种技术，能够提高资源配置的灵活性。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种传输信息的方法，能够提高资源配置的灵活性。
第一方面，提供了一种传输信息的方法，所述方法包括:网络设备确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，所述第一数据是第一终端设备使用第一资源单元发送的数据，所述第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，所述第一资源和所述第二资源都为免授权资源，且所述第一资源与所述第二资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据的接收情况确定的。
所述网络设备发送所述第一指示信息。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于传输数据的第一资源和用于传输重传数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据第一资源上的数据的接收情况向终端设备发送用于指示第二资源的配置的第一指示信息，可以使得该终端设备基于该第一指示信 息确定与该第二资源相关的信息，从而，可以使得终端设备在数据传输失败的情况下，不在原有的第一资源上发送重传数据，而是直接在该第二资源上发送重传数据，相当于将当前传输的部分数据(即，重传数据)通过第二资源发送，另一部分数据(即，初传数据)通过第一资源发送，较多的资源可以增加数据传输成功的可能性，从而提高传输效率，同时，网络设备根据数据接收情况调整资源配置，也提高了资源配置的灵活性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备是否配置所述第二资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一指示信息具体是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，所述至少一个第二数据承载于所述第一资源中除所述第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
因此，网络设备基于在第一资源上传输的至少一个数据的接收情况来确定是否配置第二资源，换句话说，在满足一定条件的情况下，才配置该第二资源，不满足一定条件的情况下，不配置该第二资源，大大提高了资源利用的灵活性，一定程度上可以提高资源利用率。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备配置所述第二资源的大小的情况下，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的数据的接收情况，灵活调整该第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源包括所述多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
其中，所述第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源中所述每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，任意两种资源单元的大小和/或调制编码方式不同，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的数据接收情况，确定第二资源中同一种资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得第一终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小和/或采用的调制编码方式来确定合适类型的资源单元发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述网络设备发送所述第一指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送数据，且所述网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置所述第二资源。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第二指示信息指示第一终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第二指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用第一资源发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
第二方面，提供了一种传输信息的方法，所述方法包括：
网络设备在第一资源上检测第一传输请求信息，所述第一传输请求信息用于指示第一终端设备需要发送数据，其中，所述第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，所述第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，且所述第一资源是免授权资源；
所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，所述第二资源用于传输数据，且所述第二资源为免授权资源，所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于发送传输请求信息的第一资源和发送数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据终端设备的实际需求，通过基于在第一资源上发送的传输请求信息的检测结果，确定是否配置第二资源，使得终端设备在有数据需求时，通过该网络设备配置的第二资源发送数据，在没有数据传输需求的时段中，该网络设备不会配置该第二资源，有效地提高了资源配置的灵活性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二资源的情况下，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的传输请求信息的检测情况，灵活调整第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，所述第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
所述第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于所述第一资源中的多种资源单元，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，所述数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，和/或，所述数据类型用于指示对应的所述第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的调制编码方式。
其中，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，每种资源对应至少一种数据类型，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的传输请求信息(传输请求信息可以指示待传输的数据的数据类型)的检测情况， 确定第二资源中对应的资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元在第二资源上发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，在所述网络设备发送所述第一指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送传输请求信息，且所述网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置所述第二资源。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第三指示信息指示终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第三指示信息用于指示该终端设备使用第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
第三方面，提供一种传输信息的方法，所述方法包括：
第一终端设备在第一资源单元上发送第一数据，所述第一资源单元属于第一资源，所述第一资源为预先配置的免授权资源；
所述第一终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，所述第二资源为免授权资源，且所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据的接收情况确定的；
所述第一终端设备根据所述第一指示信息进行数据的传输。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于传输数据的第一资源和用于传输重传数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据第一资源上的数据的接收情况向终端设备发送用于指示第二资源的配置的第一指示信息，可以使得该终端设备基于该第一指示信息确定与该第二资源相关的信息，从而，可以使得终端设备在数据传输失败的情况下，不在原有的第一资源上发送重传数据，而是直接在该第二资源上发送重传数据，相当于将当前传输的部分数据(即，重传数据)通过第二资源发送，另一部分数据(即，初传数据)通过第一资源发送，较多的资源可以增加数据传输成功的可能性，从而提高传输效率，同时，网络设备根据数据接收情况调整资源配置，也提高了资源配置的灵活性。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备是否配置所述第二资源。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一指示信息具体是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，所述至少一个第二数据承载于所述第一资源中除所述第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
因而，网络设备基于在第一资源上传输的至少一个数据的接收情况来确定是否配置第二资源，换句话说，在满足一定条件的情况下，才配置该第二资源，不满足一定条件的情况下，不配置该第二资源，大大提高了资源利用的灵活性，一定程度上可以提高资源利用率。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所 述第二资源的大小；和/或，
所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备配置所述第二资源的大小的情况下，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的数据的接收情况，灵活调整该第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源包括所述多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
其中，所述第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源中所述每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，任意两种资源单元的大小和/或调制编码方式不同，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的数据接收情况，确定第二资源中同一种资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得第一终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小和/或采用的调制编码方式来确定合适类型的资源单元发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一终端设备发送所述第一数据之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送数据，且所述网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置所述第二资源。
网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第二指示信息指示第一终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第二指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用第一资源发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
第四方面，提供一种传输信息的方法，所述方法包括：第一终端设备发送第一传输请求信息，所述第一传输请求信息用于指示所述第一终端设备需要发送数据，其中，所述第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，所述第一资源单元属于所述第一资源，且所述第一资源是预先配置的免授权资源；
所述第一终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，所述第二资源用于传输数据，且所述第二资源为免授权资源，所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的；
所述第一终端设备根据所述第一指示信息进行数据传输。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于发送传输请求信息的第一资源和发送数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据终端设备的实际需求，通过基于在第一资源上发送的传输请求信息的检测结果，确定是否配置第二资源，使得终端设备在有数据需求时，通过该网络设备配置的第二资源发送数据，在没有数据传输需求的时段中，该网 络设备不会配置该第二资源，有效地提高了资源配置的灵活性。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一指示信息用于指示配置所述第二资源的情况下，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的传输请求信息的检测情况，灵活调整第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，所述第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
所述第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于所述第一资源中的多种资源单元，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，所述数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，或，所述数据类型用于指示对应的所述第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的编码调制方式。
其中，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，每种资源对应至少一种数据类型，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的传输请求信息(传输请求信息可以指示待传输的数据的数据类型)的检测情况，确定第二资源中对应的资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元在第二资源上发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一终端设备发送所述第一传输请求信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一终端设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送传输请求信息，且所述网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置所述第二资源。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第三指示信息指示终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第三指示信息用于指示该终端设备使用第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
第五方面，提供了一种传输信息的装置，该装置可以用来执行第一方面及第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络设备的操作。具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络设备的操作的模块单元。
第六方面，提供了一种传输信息的装置，该装置可以用来执行第二方面及第二方面的 任意可能的实现方式中的网络设备的操作。具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的网络设备的操作的模块单元。
第七方面，提供了一种传输信息的装置，该装置可以用来执行第三方面及第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的第一终端设备的操作。具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的第一终端设备的操作的模块单元。
第八方面，提供了一种传输信息的装置，该装置可以用来执行第四方面及第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的第一终端设备的操作。具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的第一终端设备的操作的模块单元。
第九方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括：处理器、收发器和存储器。其中，该处理器、收发器和存储器之间通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令。当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该网络设备执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者该执行使得该网络设备实现第五方面提供的装置。
第十方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括：处理器、收发器和存储器。其中，该处理器、收发器和存储器之间通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令。当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该网络设备执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者该执行使得该网络设备实现第六方面提供的装置。
第十一方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括：处理器、收发器和存储器。其中，该处理器、收发器和存储器之间通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令。当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该终端设备执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者该执行使得该终端设备实现第七方面提供的装置。
第十二方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括：处理器、收发器和存储器。其中，该处理器、收发器和存储器之间通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令。当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该终端设备执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者该执行使得该终端设备实现第八方面提供的装置。
第十三方面，提供了一种芯片系统，包括存储器和处理器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一方面至第四方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的方法。
第十四方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)的通信单元、处理单元或收发器、处理器运行时，使得通信设备执行上述第一方面至第四方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的方法。
第十五方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，该程序使得通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)执行上述第一方面至第四方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的方法。
在上述某些实现方式中，在所述网络设备检测到所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数 据、且所述网络设备针对所述第一数据和所述至少一个第二数据的接收情况满足预设条件的情况下，所述第一指示信息用于指示配置所述第二资源。
在上述某些实现方式中，在所述网络设备检测到所述第一数据的情况下，所述第一指示信息用于指示配置所述第二资源。
在上述某些实现方式中，该第一资源用于传输初传数据。
附图说明
图1是应用于本申请实施例的数据传输的通信系统的示意图。
图2是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图3所示为本申请另一实施例的第一资源和第二资源的示意性结构图
图4是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法的示意性交互图。
图5是根据本申请另一实施例的第一资源和第二资源的示意性结构图。
图6是根据本申请实施例的第一资源、第二资源以及第三资源的示意性结构图。
图7是根据本申请另一实施例的第一资源、第二资源、第三资源、第四资源的示意性结构图。
图8是根据本申请另一实施例的第一资源、第二资源以及第三资源资源的示意性结构图。
图9是根据本申请另一实施例的第一资源的示意性结构图。
图10和图11是根据本申请另一实施例的第一资源和第二资源的示意性结构图。
图12是根据本申请另一实施例的第一资源、多个第二资源以及第三资源的示意性结构图。
图13是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置的示意性框图。
图14是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置的示意性框图。
图15是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置的示意性框图。
图16是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th Generation，5G)系统或新无线(New Radio，NR)等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol， SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，并不限定。
图1是应用于本申请实施例的数据传输的通信系统的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括网络设备102，网络设备102可包括多个天线例如，天线104、106、108、110、112和114。另外，网络设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。
网络设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。然而，可以理解，网络设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或122的任意数目的终端设备通信。终端设备116和122可以是例如蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。
如图1所示，终端设备116与天线112和114通信，其中天线112和114通过前向链路118向终端设备116发送信息，并通过反向链路120从终端设备116接收信息。此外，终端设备122与天线104和106通信，其中天线104和106通过前向链路124向终端设备122发送信息，并通过反向链路126从终端设备122接收信息。
例如，在频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统中，例如，前向链路118可利用与反向链路120所使用的不同频带，前向链路124可利用与反向链路126所使用的不同频带。
再例如，在时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)系统和全双工(Full Duplex)系统中，前向链路118和反向链路120可使用共同频带，前向链路124和反向链路126可使用共同频带。
被设计用于通信的每个天线(或者由多个天线组成的天线组)和/或区域称为网络设备102的扇区。例如，可将天线组设计为与网络设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。在网络设备102通过前向链路118和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中，网络设备102的发射天线可利用波束成形来改善前向链路118和124的信噪比。此外，与网络设备通过单个天线向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比，在网络设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时，相邻小区中的移 动设备会受到较少的干扰。
在给定时间，网络设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。
具体而言，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
此外，该通信系统100可以是公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)网络或者D2D网络或者M2M网络或者其他网络，图1只是举例的简化示意图，网络中还可以包括其他网络设备，图1中未予以画出。
在本申请实施例中，该通信系统100所使用的资源可以是免授权资源，或者说，在本申请实施例中，通信系统100中的各通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)可以基于免授权传输方式使用资源进行通信。
下面，针对本申请实施例的免授权传输方式进行详细说明。在本申请实施例中，免授权传输方式可以理解为如下含义的任意一种含义，或，多种含义，或者多种含义中的部分技术特征的组合或其他类似含义：
免授权传输可以指：网络设备预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资源；终端设备有上行数据传输需求时，从网络设备预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据；网络设备在该预先分配的多个传输资源中的一个或多个传输资源上检测终端设备发送的上行数据。上述检测可以是盲检测，也可能根据该上行数据中某一个控制域进行检测，或者是其他方式进行检测。
免授权传输可以指：网络设备预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资源，以使终端设备有上行数据传输需求时，从网络设备预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。
免授权传输可以指：获取预先分配的多个传输资源的信息，在有上行数据传输需求时，从该多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。获取的方式可以从网络设备获取。
免授权传输可以指：不需要网络设备动态调度即可实现终端设备的上行数据传输的方法，该动态调度可以是指网络设备为终端设备的每次上行数据传输通过信令来指示传输资源的一种调度方式。可选地，实现终端设备的上行数据传输可以理解为允许两个或两个以上终端设备的数据在相同的时频资源上进行上行数据传输。可选地，该传输资源可以是终端设备接收该信令的时刻以后的一个或多个资源单元上的传输资源。一个资源单元可以是指一次传输的最小资源单元，例如，资源单元为用于表示时域资源的时域单元时，一个资源单元可以为一个TTI，数值可以为1ms，或者0.5ms，或者2符号，或者可以是其他预先设定的时间单元。
免授权传输可以指：终端设备在不需要网络设备授权的情况下进行上行数据传输。上述授权可以指终端设备发送上行调度请求给网络设备，网络设备接收调度请求后，向终端设备发送上行授权，其中该上行授权指示分配给终端设备的上行传输资源。
免授权传输可以指：一种竞争传输方式，具体地可以指多个终端在预先分配的相同的 时频资源上同时进行上行数据传输，而无需网络设备进行授权。
可以理解，下文中所描述的免授权资源表示的是网络设备配置的不由任一终端设备独享的资源，即终端设备在多个终端设备共享的资源中的一个或多个资源单元上发送数据，同时，该终端设备可以通过竞争方式在预先配置的资源中选择资源单元发送数据。例如，终端设备在预先配置的资源中随机选择一个资源单元发送数据，网络设备为终端设备配置了免授权资源，但并不指示该终端设备在该免授权资源上传输时所使用的具体资源单元。终端设备选择哪个资源单元由终端设备自己决定。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备针对数据或信息的检测可以为盲检测，盲检测可以理解为在不预知是否有数据到达的情况下，对可能到达的数据进行的检测。盲检测也可以理解为没有显式的信令指示下的检测。
在本申请实施例中，传输资源可以包括但不限于如下资源的一种或多种的组合：
α-时域资源(也可以称为时间资源)，如无线帧、子帧、符号等；
β-频域资源(也可以称为频谱资源)，如子载波、资源块等；
γ-空域资源，如发送天线、波束等；
θ-码域资源，如稀疏码多址接入(Sparse Code Multiple Access，SCMA)码本、低密度签名(Low Density Signature，LDS)序列、CDMA码等；
δ-上行导频资源。
在本申请实施例的某些实施例中，可以具有多个(两个或两个以上)终端设备，各终端设备根据免授权传输方式，自主选择免授权资源向网络设备发送上行数据。
下面，结合图2至图3，详细描述根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法。
首先，结合图2对根据本申请实施例的信息的传输过程进行详细说明。图2是根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法的示意性交互图。
可选地，该网络设备可以为基站。
本申请实施例可以应用于包括网络设备和至少一个终端设备的通信系统中，以下，不失一般性，以网络设备和该至少一个终端设备中的第一终端设备，且以网络设备与终端设备#A(即，该第一终端设备的一例)的交互为例，详细说明根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法。
如图2所示，在S210中，该终端设备#A在资源单元#1(即，第一资源单元的一例)上发送第一数据，该资源单元#1属于资源#1(即，第一资源的一例)，且该资源#1为预先配置的免授权资源。
具体而言，系统预先配置有资源#1，且该资源#1为免授权资源，该终端设备#A基于竞争方式(即，该终端设备#A和其他终端设备同时在该资源#1上选择资源单元)在该资源#1上选择资源单元(例如，该资源单元#1)发送该第一数据。
该资源#1是周期性的资源。例如，通过高层信令配置或标准预定义该资源#1的大小、位置以及周期。一个特例是，该资源#1是一个频带，即一个频带作为专用于免授权传输的资源#1。
在本申请实施例中，资源单元是传输数据或信息的基本传输单位，例如，若该资源#1为时域资源，则资源单元为时间单元，每个时间单元的长度可以为一个TTI，一个时隙，一个迷你时隙(Mini-slot)等；若该资源#1为频域资源，则资源单元可以为一个子载波等； 若该资源#1为时频资源，则资源单元可以是资源元素(Resource Element，RE)，也可以是资源块(Resource Block，RB)等。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，该资源#1和下文描述的资源#2可以为同一维度的资源，也可以为不同维度的资源。
例如，该该资源#1为时域资源，该资源#2可以为频域资源，也可以为时频资源，也可以为码域资源等。
再例如，该资源#1为频域资源，该资源#2可以为频域资源，也可以为时频资源，也可以为码域资源等。
在S220中，该网络设备在该资源#1上检测该第一数据，且根据该第一数据的接收情况确定指示信息#1(即，该第一指示信息的一例)，该指示信息#1用于指示该资源#2的配置，该资源#2用于传输包括该第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，该资源#2和该资源#1都为免授权资源。
具体而言，该资源#2用于传输重传数据，该资源#1可以用于传输初传数据，也可以用于传输重传数据，也就是说，该第一数据可以是初传数据，也可以是重传数据。
下面，针对该第一数据的重传数据做一说明，有三种可能的情况：
该第一数据的重传数据是该第一数据的重复版本，即该第一数据的重传数据与该第一数据完全相同，即，该第一数据的重传数据的冗余版本((Redundancy Version，RV)号与该第一数据的冗余版本号都相同，例如都是RV0；
该第一数据的重传数据是该第一数据的重传版本，即该第一数据的重传数据的冗余版本号和该第一数据的冗余版本号不同，例如，该第一数据的冗余版本号为RV0，该第一数据的重传数据的冗余版本号是RV1、RV2等；
在第二资源中发送的该第一数据的重传数据中既有该第一数据的重复版本，也有该第一数据的重传版本。例如，该第一数据的冗余版本号是RV0，该第一数据的重传数据在第二资源上传输了三次，分别对应的该冗余版本号是RV0、RV2、RV2，显然，其中既包括该第一数据的重复版本，也包括该第一数据的重传版本。应理解，对于该终端设备#A在第二资源上的每一次传输来说，要么是前一传输版本的重复版本，要么是前一传输版本的重传版本，而不可能同时两者都是。
此外，该资源#2也是免授权资源，该资源#2可以是该网络设备基于资源#1上的数据的接收情况从系统预先配置好的多个用于传输重传数据的免授权资源(但当前传输不一定可用)中确定的，也可以是该网络设备直接基于资源#1上的数据的接收情况动态确定的，本申请实施例并不做此限定。
此外，在本申请实施例中，在某些情况下，该资源#2也可以用于传输初传数据。例如，当该终端设备#A有数据需要发送，该网络设备基于该资源#1上的数据的接收情况发送了该指示信息#1，并且该终端设备#A监听到或接收到该网络设备恰好通过指示信息#1配置了该资源#2时，则可以直接在该资源#2上传输初传数据。
在本申请实施例中，该资源#2的配置可以包括该资源#2的存在性(即，该网络设备是否配置该资源#2)、该资源#2的大小以及该资源#2的位置等，后续会对其进行详细说明。
这里，需要说明的是，不失一般性地，以该网络设备根据该第一数据的接收情况为例， 本申请实施例中所涉及针对数据的接收情况表示的是，该网络设备针对该第一数据接收成功还是接收失败。其中，针对该第一数据接收失败表示的是，该网络设备能够在资源#1上承载该第一数据的资源单元#1上检测到该第一数据的存在性，例如，在该资源单元#1上的接收功率大于第一阈值，或者，检测到发送该终端设备#A的设备标识(例如，该终端设备#A的ID)，但是，没有正确解调译码该第一数据，从而针对该第一数据接收失败。
此外，还需要指出的是，该网络设备检测到该终端设备#A的设备标识但没有正确解出数据，发生在传输该第一数据的过程中，通过显式或隐式方式指示设备标识的情况下，例如，通过解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)指示设备标识，或者对应于该第一数据的数据包括独立的控制部分和数据部分、且控制部分中包含该设备标识。这种情况下，网络设备可能成功检测到设备标识，但却没有解出数据。
应理解，本申请实施例描述的针对数据进行检测，也可以理解为针对承载数据的资源单元进行检测。
在本申请实施例中，该网络设备有两种方式可以根据该第一数据的接收情况确定该指示信息#1，即，方式1和方式2。
方式1
该网络设备仅根据该第一数据的接收情况确定该指示信息#1。
此种情况下，该网络设备只有在针对该第一数据接收失败的情况下，才会直接确定该指示信息#1，且该指示信息#1用于指示配置该资源#2。
方式2
可选地，该指示信息#1具体是该网络设备根据该第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，该至少一个第二数据承载于该资源#1中除该资源单元#1以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个终端设备#B一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的终端设备#B发送的。
也就是说，该网络设备不仅仅是根据该第一数据的接收情况确定该指示信息#1，同时需要根据其他终端设备发送的数据的接收情况共同确定该指示信息#1。
进而，在S230中，该网络设备将该指示信息#1发送给该终端设备#A，从而，该终端设备可以基于该指示信息#1进行数据的传输。
具体而言，该指示信息#1仅仅是该终端设备用于传输数据的一个因素，该终端设备#A还需要根据用于指示该第一数据是否接收成功的反馈信息来综合判定自已发送的是初传数据还是重传数据。
例如，该指示信息#1指示配置该资源#2，意味着该终端设备#A可以基于该指示信息#1在资源#2上发送重传数据，同时，该终端设备#A通过针对该第一数据的反馈信息确定该第一数据是否被该网络设备接收成功：若是该网络设备针对该第一数据接收成功，意味着该终端设备#A后续可以发送新的初传数据，那么，则不需要在资源#2上发送第一数据的重传数据，而是继续在该资源#1上发送新的初传数据；若是该网络设备针对该第一数据接收失败，意味着该终端设备#A后续需要发送的是该第一数据的重传数据，那么，该终端设备#A可以直接在该资源#2上发送重传数据。
现有技术中，由于终端设备是通过免授权资源(即，资源#1)传输的数据，多个终端设备基于竞争方式抢占资源，不可避免地会在同一个资源单元上发送数据，尤其在该资源 #1的大小较小时，更大可能性地会使得不同终端设备之间的数据承载在同一个资源单元上，使得数据之间的传输发生严重碰撞，大大减低了传输效率，此时，若是继续在该资源#1上发送未传输成功的数据的重传数据，传输效率不见得会有提高，最糟糕的情况就是，大多数数据都不会传输成功。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于传输数据的第一资源和用于传输重传数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据第一资源上的数据的接收情况向终端设备发送用于指示第二资源的配置的第一指示信息，可以使得该终端设备基于该第一指示信息确定与该第二资源相关的信息，从而，可以使得终端设备在数据传输失败的情况下，不在原有的第一资源上发送重传数据，而是直接在该第二资源上发送重传数据，相当于将当前传输的部分数据(即，重传数据)通过第二资源发送，另一部分数据(即，初传数据)通过第一资源发送，较多的资源可以增加数据传输成功的可能性，从而提高传输效率，同时，网络设备根据数据接收情况调整资源配置，也提高了资源配置的灵活性。。
在本申请实施例中，该资源#2的配置可以有三种情况，下面，基于该资源#2的三种情况对于该终端设备#A和该网络设备的行为做一详细说明。
情况A
在步骤S220中，无论该网络设备针对该第一数据的接收情况是什么，该网络设备总会配置该资源#2，在步骤S240中，该终端设备#A是否需要使用该资源#2，可以基于用于指示该第一数据是否接收成功的反馈信息(为了便于区分与理解，记为反馈信息#1)进一步确定。
例如，该指示信息#1指示配置了该资源#2，该终端设备#A基于该反馈信息#1确定该网络设备针对该第一数据的接收情况为接收失败，则该终端设备#A可在该资源#2上发送该第一数据的重传数据；
再例如，该指示信息#1虽然配置了该资源#2，但是该终端设备#A基于该反馈信息#1确定该网络设备针对该第一数据的接收情况为接收成功，则该终端设备#A可在该资源#2上发送新的初传数据。
需要说明的是，此种情况下，该指示信息#1不仅指示配置该资源#2，会基于针对资源#1上的数据的接收情况相应地指示该资源#2的大小，但是，该资源#2的大小不能指示为该资源#2的大小为0。
换句话说，此种情况下，该指示信息#1用于指示该资源#2的大小，且该资源#2的大小不能为0。
情况B
可选地，该指示信息#1具体用于指示该网络设备是否配置该资源#2。
此种情况下，该网络设备可以根据数据的实际接收情况确定是否为该终端设备#A配置资源#2，进而通过该指示信息#1指示该终端设备#A。
由上文描述可得，该网络设备可以通过方式1和方式2来确定是否配置该资源#2，下面，对上述两种方式分别进行说明。
在方式1中，该终端设备#A仅仅根据该第一数据的接收情况确定该指示信息#1，如前所述，此种情况下，只有在针对该第一数据接收失败的情况下，该网络设备才会配置该资源#2。
换句话说，不失一般性地，如前所述，该终端设备#A为任一个终端设备，该第一数据为任一个终端设备发送的数据，可以将该网络设备针对该第一数据的接收情况作为一种触发条件，若该网络设备针对该第一数据接收失败，则配置该资源#2。
在方式2中，该网络设备不仅仅根据该第一数据的接收情况确定是否配置该资源#2，也需要根据其他终端设备的数据的接收情况来综合判断是否配置该资源#2。
可选地，在该网络设备检测到该第一数据和该至少一个第二数据、且该网络设备针对该第一数据和该至少一个第二数据的接收情况满足预设条件的情况下，该指示信息#1用于指示配置该资源#2。
具体而言，该网络设备针对数据的接收情况可以是接收失败的数据的个数，也可以是该资源#1中数据接收失败的资源单元的个数，该预设条件可以是预先设置的值(为了便于区分与理解，记为第二阈值)，也可以根据历史传输时间在该资源#1上传输的数据的多少来确定。
当该网络设备针对该第一数据和该至少一个第二数据接收失败的个数大于该第二阈值，则该网络设备配置该资源#2，反之，则不配置该资源#2。
需要说明的是，该第一数据和该至少一个第二数据可以是承载在该资源#1上的部分数据，也可以是承载在该资源#1上的全部数据。
因而，网络设备基于在第一资源上传输的至少一个数据的接收情况来确定是否配置第二资源，换句话说，在满足一定条件的情况下，才配置该第二资源，不满足一定条件的情况下，不配置该第二资源，大大提高了资源利用的灵活性，一定程度上可以提高资源利用率。
情况C
可选地，该指示信息#1还具体用于指示该资源#2的大小。
在该网络设备配置该资源#2的情况下，该指示信息#1还具体用于指示该资源#2的大小。
在该网络设备未配置该资源#2的情况下，该指示信息#1也可以用于指示该资源#2的大小，该资源#2的大小为0。
该指示信息#可以通过包含不同的内容来指示该资源#2的大小，下面，通过举例详细说明。
一种情况是，该网络设备已经预先配置了不同大小的资源#2(为了便于区分与理解，记为资源集合#2)以及对应的索引号，或标准定义了资源集合#2中不同大小的资源#2以及对应的索引号，索引号用于指示资源#2的大小，也就是说，存在多种大小不同的资源#2与索引号之间的映射关系。那么，该指示信息#1可以通过该索引号指示是否存在资源#2，以及在存在该资源#2情况下该资源#2的大小，从而，该终端设备#A可以基于该指示信息#1中包括的索引号来确定该资源#2的大小。
例如，该指示信息#1中的预设比特位的取值可以用于表示该资源#2的大小，若该预设比特位的取值为0，则表示不存在资源#2，若该预设比特位的取值为1，则表示存在资源#2，即与该资源#2对应的索引号为1，若该预设比特位的取值为2，则表示存在资源#2，且与该资源#2对应的索引号为2，等等。
另一种情况是，该资源#2可以是基于该网络设备针对该资源#1上的数据的接收情况 动态确定的，此时，无需通过高层配置或标准定义该资源集合#2，此种情况下，该指示信息#1可以直接指示是否存在该资源#2，以及在存在该资源#2情况下,该资源#2大小。
针对于该资源#2的大小的确定，可选地，在该指示信息#1具体用于指示该网络设备配置该资源#2的大小的情况下，该资源#2的大小是该网络设备根据该资源#1上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
具体而言，确定该资源#2的大小可以根据承载在该资源#1上的全部数据来确定，下面，通过具体实施例来描述针对资源#2的大小的确定。
作为一种实施例，当该资源#1为时频资源时，该资源#1可以包含由时域、频域或时频域所构成的多个资源单元。假设，该资源#1中包括N个资源单元，该网络设备对资源#1中每个资源单元进行检测，并且将检测到的接收功率大于第一阈值(或正确检测出设备标识)、但未正确解出数据的资源单元标记为碰撞资源。假设，该N个资源单元中碰撞资源的个数为M，其中，0<M≤N。这样，该网络设备可以根据碰撞资源的个数M，或者根据碰撞资源在总的资源单元中所占比例，即M/N，来确定需配置的资源#2的大小。
例如，假设0<α1<α2<α3<…≤1，其中，资源#2的大小的索引为Si，i＝1,2,3…，且S1<S2<S3<…。于是，当M/N≤α1时，网络设备配置的资源#2的大小索引为S1；当α1<M/N≤α2时，网络设备配置的资源#2的大小索引为S2；当α2<M/N≤α3时，网络设备配置的资源#2的大小索引为S3等。
作为示例而非限定，资源#2的大小的索引为Si也可替换为具体的时频资源分配。
应理解，这种确定资源#2的大小的方式同样适用于上述情况A。
作为另一种实施例，当该资源#1为时频资源与码域资源的结合时，资源#1中可包含时域、频域或时频域所构成的多个资源单元，该终端设备#A可选择其中任一个资源单元，并选择一个正交序列作为第一数据的部分数据，并以码分方式发送该第一数据。
其中，该终端设备#A以码分方式发送该第一数据，可以是CDMA扩频传输，也可以是SCMA等非正交传输。这种情况下，可将资源单元扩展为由时域、频域、时频域以及正交序列定义为资源单元。该网络设备可以根据在该资源#1中检测到的资源单元的个数，即该网络设备成功识别的正交序列的数目，来确定需配置的资源#2大小。
具体而言，网络设备给不同终端色别分配不同的DMRS序列，不同DMRS序列用于区分不同的终端设备。假设，该网络设备将检测到N个的DMRS序列，但正确解出M个数据，M<N。这样，该网络设备可以根据M，或者根据(N-M)/N来确定需配置的资源#2的大小。
例如，假设0<α1<α2<α3<…，其中，α表示(N-M)/N的比值，资源#2的大小索引为Si，i＝1,2,3…，且S1<S2<S3<…≤1。于是，当(N-M)/N≤α1时，则网络设备配置的资源#2的大小索引为S1；当α1<(N-M)/N≤α2时，则网络设备配置的资源#2的大小索引为S2；当α2<(N-M)/N≤α3时，则网络设备配置的资源#2的大小索引为S3等。
作为示例而非限定，资源#2的大小的索引为Si也可替换为具体的时频资源分配。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的数据的接收情况，灵活调整该第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
作为另一种实施例，可选地，该资源#1包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的 大小都不同，该资源#2包括该多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
其中，该资源#2中每种资源单元的个数是该网络设备根据该资源#1中该每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
具体而言，该资源#1中包括的多种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小不同，不同大小的资源单元可以对应不同的数据类型，数据类型用于指示传输的数据的大小，同一种资源单元可以对应至少一种数据类型，这样，该终端设备#A可以基于该第一数据的对应的数据类型选择合适的资源单元发送的该第一数据。
数据类型与数据所属的业务类型相关，业务类型可以是视频业务、图片业务、文件下载业务、短信业务、语音业务、社交媒体业务等，因而，也可以这么理解，不同大小的资源单元可以对应不同的业务类型。
进而，该网络设备可以在基于承载在该资源#1中同一种资源单元上的数据的接收情况来确定该资源#2中同一种资源单元的个数。
同样，对于该终端设备#A来说，可以基于当前需要传输的数据的大小(或者，可以基于当前需要传输的数据所属的业务类型)选择合适类型的资源单元发送。
需要说明的是，该资源#2可以包括该资源#1中的至少一种资源单元，例如，该资源#1中包括三种资源单元，那么，该资源#2中可以包括1种、2种或3种资源单元。
例如，图3所示为本申请另一实施例的第一资源和第二资源示意性结构图，如图3所示，该资源#1中包括三种资源单元，按照资源单元的大小从大到小的顺序，分别为资源单元#A、资源单元#B和资源单元#C，资源单元#A对应视频业务、图片业务和文件下载业务等占用资源较大的业务，资源单元#B对应社交媒体业务等占用资源一般的业务，资源单元#C对应短信业务和语音业务等占用资源较小的业务。3种资源上都承载有不同终端设备发送的数据，且该网络设备在该资源#1中的3种资源上都检测到数据，且未正确接收数据，同时，基于数据的接收情况配置该资源#2。那么，此种情况下，可以为该资源#2配置3种资源单元，基于承载在该资源#1中的该资源单元#A上的数据的接收情况，为该资源#2配置10个资源单元#A，基于承载在该资源#1中的资源单元#B上的数据的接收情况，为该资源#2配置3个资源单元#B，基于承载在该资源#1中的资源单元#C上的数据的接收情况，为该资源#2配置3个资源单元#B配置24个资源单元#C。
再例如，同样，该资源#1中包括三种资源单元，分别为资源单元#A、资源单元#B和资源单元#C，3种资源上都承载有不同终端设备发送的数据，其中，该网络设备在该资源#1中的2种资源上都检测到数据，且未正确接收数据，同时，基于数据的接收情况配置该资源#2，那么，此种情况下，可以为该资源#2配置2种资源单元，不同类型的资源单元的个数根据对应的资源#1中的资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定。
如前所述，该资源#2可以是从预先配置的资源集合#2选择与当前重传数据需要的资源对应的资源，也可以基于承载在资源#1上的数据的接收情况动态配置该资源#2的大小。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，任意两种资源单元的大小不同，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的数据接收情况，确定第二资源中同一种资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得第一终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
需要说明的是，上述两种不同种类的资源单元，也可以是调制编码方式不同，或者是大小和调制编码方式都不同，具体不再赘述。终端设备传输所使用的调制编码方式通常是由信道情况决定的，例如，距离网络设备较近的终端设备信道一般较好，可采用较高阶调制编码方式传输，距离网络设备较远的终端设备信道一般较好，可采用较低阶调制编码方式传输。网络设备事先并不知道距离较远和距离较近且有数据需要传输的终端设备各有多少，因此可基于该资源#1上每种资源单元上的接收情况，确定在该资源#2中配置多少个对应的资源单元。
情况D
可选地，该指示信息#1还具体用于指示该资源#2的位置。
也就是说，该资源#2可以为时域资源，该指示信息#1用于指示该时域资源的位置，或指示该时域资源的分配；
或者，该资源#2可以为频域资源，该指示信息#1用于指示该频域资源的位置，或指示该频域资源的分配；
或者，该资源#2可以为时频资源，该指示信息#1用于指示该时频资源的位置，或指示该时频资源的分配。
当该指示信息#1用于指示该资源#2的位置时，也可以认为该指示信息#1指示了该资源#2的大小，因为该资源#2的资源分配实际上隐含了该资源#2的大小。
例如，若该资源#2为时域资源，该指示信息#1会指示该时域资源的起点、时域长度，通过时域资源的起点和时域长度来唯一确定该时域资源的位置，这样，实际上也就相当于指示了该时域资源的大小；
再例如，若该资源#2为频域资源，该指示信息#1会指示该频域资源的起点以及频域宽度，通过频域资源的起点和频域长度来唯一确定该频域资源的位置，这样，实际上也就相当于指示了该频域资源的大小。
可选地，用于承载该指示信息#1的资源#3为物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)、物理混合自动重传指示信道(Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel，PHICH)或类PHICH中的任一种。
具体而言，该资源#3可以是PDCCH对应的资源，即通过位于该资源#3中的组播下行控制信息Group common DCI或下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)承载该指示信息#1。
该资源#3也可以是PHICH或类PHICH(PHICH-like)的物理信道，即通过PHICH或类PHICH承载该指示信息#1。其中，PHICH-like可以是PHICH的扩展。这是因为，当该终端设备#A在该资源#1上发送该第一数据之后，需要到PHICH或类PHICH上去接收反馈信息#1此时，该终端设备可能收到用于表示正确应答的反馈信息，也有可能收到该指示信息#1。若该终端设备#A收到该指示信息#1，则意味着该网络设备未能正确解出该第一数据，因此配置该资源#2用来传输数据的重传数据。换句话说，该网络设备对该第一数据的反馈信息#1和该资源#3可以复用相同的资源，即同时在PHICH或类PHICH上传输。
作为示例而非限定，该网络设备在配置该资源#2后，若依然存在一定数量的数据接收失败，或，检测到该资源#2上仍然存在传输冲突，此种情况下，该网络设备可以连续 配置第二资源(为了便于区分与理解，将在该资源#2之后配置的另一个第二资源记为资源#21)，并且，该资源#21的大小，可以根据该网络设备在该资源#2上的接收情况来确定。此外，每个资源#2之前，该网络设备都可以通过该资源#3发送该指示信息#1，进而指示配置该资源#21，以及该资源#2的配置。
针对该资源#21的大小的确定，该网络设备可以根据承载在该资源#2上的数据的接收情况来确定，具体确定过程与该网络设备根据承载在该资源#1上的数据的接收情况来确定该资源#2的大小的过程类似，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
在该网络设备发送该指示信息#1之前，该方法还包括：
该网络设备向该终端设备#A发送指示信息#2，该指示信息#2用于指示该终端设备#A使用该资源#1发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置该资源#2。
具体而言，该网络设备可以基于当前通过免调度资源发送的数据的数据量或数据频繁程度来决定和指示是采用本申请实施例，即，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少，或在通过免授权资源传输的数据不频繁的时段中开启本申请实施例的机制，换句话说，通过该指示信息#2(即，第二指示信息)指示该终端设备#A使用该资源#A发送数据，且指示该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置该资源#2。
更具体地，当通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁时，该网络设备通过该指示信息#2指示该终端设备#A在发数据时，可以在该资源#1上发送数据，同时，该网络设备基于该资源#1上的数据的接收情况配置该资源#2。
当通过免授权资源传输的数据较多或较为频繁时，该网络设备也会通过信令指示该终端设备#A不采用本申请实施进行数据的传输，即指示该终端设备#A在该网络设备配置的周期性的免授权资源中发送数据(初传数据和/或重传数据)，并且该网络设备不会发送用来配置该资源#2的该指示信息#1。
在本申请实施例中，该指示信息#2可以由无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)或媒体接入控制子层控制元素(Media Access Control，MAC))控制元素(Control Element，CE)等高层信令、系统信息(例如，系统信息块(System Information Block，SIB))或其他物理层信令(例如，PDCCH)来承载。
实际中，在通过免授权资源发送的数据比较频繁的时段中，大量的终端设备在资源#A上发送初传数据，而这些初传数据相互碰撞，基本上不可能发送成功，实际数据传输基本上都依赖于在该资源#2上的重传数据，这种情况下，从资源利用角度来说，会比较浪费该资源#1和承载该指示信息#1的资源#3。而在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的时段中，针对于该资源#1中承载的数据，一部分初传数据会传输成功，一部分初传数据则不会传输成功，此种情况下，使用该资源#2发送重传数据，既不会浪费该资源#1，也不会浪费承载该指示信息#1的资源#3，不仅能够提高传输效率，也能提高资源利用率。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第二指示信息指示第一终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第二指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用第一资源发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，一方面，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于传输数据的第一资源和用于传输重传数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备 根据第一资源上的数据的接收情况向终端设备发送用于指示第二资源的配置的第一指示信息，可以使得该终端设备基于该第一指示信息确定与该第二资源相关的信息，从而，可以使得终端设备在数据传输失败的情况下，不在原有的第一资源上发送重传数据，而是直接在该第二资源上发送重传数据，相当于将当前传输的部分数据(即，重传数据)通过第二资源发送，另一部分数据(即，初传数据)通过第一资源发送，较多的资源可以增加数据传输成功的可能性，从而提高传输效率，同时，网络设备根据数据接收情况调整资源配置，也提高了资源配置的灵活性。
第二方面，网络设备基于在第一资源上传输的至少一个数据的接收情况来确定是否配置第二资源，换句话说，在满足一定条件的情况下，才配置该第二资源，不满足一定条件的情况下，不配置该第二资源，大大提高了资源利用的灵活性，一定程度上可以提高资源利用率；
第三方面，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的数据的接收情况，灵活调整该第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率；
第四方面，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，任意两种资源单元的大小和/或调制编码方式不同，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的数据接收情况，确定第二资源中同一种资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得第一终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小和/或采用的调制编码方式来确定合适类型的资源单元发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率；
第五方面，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第二指示信息指示第一终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第二指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用第一资源发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
本申请实施例还提供了一种传输信息的方法，同上述传输信息的方法相同，以网络设备与终端设备#A(即，该第一终端设备的一例)的交互为例，详细说明根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法300。
如图4所示，在S310中，该终端设备#A在资源单元#A上发送第一传输请求信息，该第一传输请求信息用于指示该终端设备#A需要发送数据，其中，该资源单元#A属于所述资源#A，且该资源#A是预先配置的免授权资源。
具体而言，该资源#A(即，该第一资源的一例)同方法200中的资源#1的配置方式相同，即，系统预先配置有资源#A，且该资源#A为免授权资源，同时，该资源#A是周期性的资源。例如，通过高层信令配置或标准预定义该资源#A的大小、位置以及周期。一个特例是，该资源#A是一个频带，即一个频带作为专用于免调度传输的资源#A。
在本申请实施例中，该资源#A是该网络设备配置的专门用于终端设备发送传输请求信息的，传输请求信息表示终端设备在接下来的时间有数据需要通过免授权资源发送。例如，对于终端设备#A来说，当确定自已需要通过免授权资源发送数据时，首先在该资源#A上通过竞争方式选择资源单元(即，该资源单元#A)发送该第一传输请求信息，告知该网络设备自己在接下的时间有数据需要发送。
传输请求信息可以是一个很简单的信号，例如，预定义的信号序列，该网络设备可以 基于信号的功率的大小来检测是否存在传输请求信息，即终端设备是否有数据需要传输。当然，该网络设备也可以基于是否检测到预定义序列来确定是否存在传输请求信息，即终端设备是否有数据需要传输。
在S320中，该网络设备在该资源#A上检测该第一传输请求，且根据该第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定该指示信息#A(即，第一指示信息的一例)，该指示信息#A用于指示是否配置资源#B(即，第二资源的一例)，该资源#B用于传输数据，从而，在S330中，该网络设备将该指示信息#A发送给该终端设备#A。
具体而言，该资源#A用于发送传输请求信息，该资源#B用于传输数据，该网络设备基于资源#A上的传输请求信息的检测结果来确定是否配置该资源#B。
以该终端设备#A为例，该终端设备#A发送该第一传输请求信息后，若是该网络设备检测到该第一传输请求信息，则该网络设备配置该资源#B，并通过该指示信息#A指示配置该资源#B；基于某些特殊情况，若是该网络设备未检测到该第一传输请求信息，但是，却在该资源#A上检测到别的终端设备发送的传输请求信息，那么，该网络设备也会配置该资源#B，且通过指示信息#A指示配置该资源#B；若是该网络设备既没有检测到该第一传输请求信息，也没有检测到其他终端设备发送的传输请求信息，那么，该网络设备不会配置该资源#B，且通过该指示信息#B指示未配置该资源#B。
也就是说，该网络设备在针对该资源#A上的传输请求信息进行检测时，只要该资源#A上检测到任一个传输请求信息，则该网络设备会配置该资源#B，若没有检测到任何终端设备发送的传输请求信息，则不配置该资源#B。
本申请实施例所描述的网络设备检测到传输请求信息可以理解为：该网络设备在该资源#A上正确检测到传输请求信息，或该网络设备在该资源#A上检测到接收功率大于预设阈值的信号。具体如下：
当该网络设备在该资源#A上正确检测到传输请求信号时，表明有终端设备需要传输数据，该网络设备则配置资源#B。
另外，当太多数量的终端设备同时发送传输请求信息时，可能导致该网络设备接收功率超过该网络设备的接收机最大输入功率(Receiver maximum input level)，此时该网络设备无法解出传输请求信息，但这种情况下该网络设备也应调度该资源#B。考虑到资源#A是专用于传输请求信息的，故当该网络设备在资源#A上检测到接收功率大于预设阈值的信号时，就应认为有终端设备发送了传输请求信息，从而应配置该资源#B。
应理解，本申请实施例描述的针对传输请求信息的检测，也可以理解为针对承载传输请求信息的资源单元进行检测。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，通过设置用于发送传输请求信息的第一资源和发送数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据终端设备的实际需求，通过基于在第一资源上发送的传输请求信息的检测结果，确定是否配置第二资源，使得终端设备在有数据需求时，通过该网络设备配置的第二资源发送数据，在没有数据传输需求的时段中，该网络设备不会配置该第二资源，有效地提高了资源配置的灵活性。
可选地，该指示信息#A还具体用于指示该资源#B的大小。
具体而言，一种情况是，该网络设备已经预先配置了不同大小的资源#B(为了便于区分与理解，记为资源集合#2)以及对应的索引号，或标准定义了资源集合#B中不同大小 的资源#B以及对应的索引号，索引号用于指示资源#B的大小，也就是说，存在多种大小不同的资源#B与索引号之间的映射关系。那么，该指示信息#A可以通过该索引号指示是否存在资源#B，以及在存在该资源#B情况下该资源#B的大小，从而，该终端设备#A可以基于该指示信息#A中包括的索引号来确定该资源#B的大小。
例如，该指示信息#A中的预设比特位的取值可以用于表示该资源#B的大小，若该预设比特位的取值为0，则表示不存在资源#B，若该预设比特位的取值为1，则表示存在资源#B，即与该资源#B对应的索引号为1，若该预设比特位的取值为2，则表示存在资源#B，且与该资源#B对应的索引号为2，等等。
另一种情况是，该资源#B可以是基于该网络设备针对该资源#A上的传输请求信息的检测情况动态确定的，此时，无需通过高层配置或标准定义该资源集合#B，此种情况下，该指示信息#A可以直接指示是否存在该资源#B，以及在存在该资源#B情况下,该资源#B的大小。
针对于该资源#B的大小的确定，可选地，该资源#B的大小是该网络设备根据该资源#A上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
具体而言，确定该资源#B的大小可以根据承载在该资源#A上的全部传输请求信息来确定，下面，通过具体实施例来描述针对资源#B的大小的确定。
作为一种实施例，当该资源#A为时频资源时，该资源#A可以包含由时域、频域或时频域所构成的多个资源单元。假设，该资源#A中包括N个资源单元，该网络设备对资源#A中每个资源单元进行检测，并且将正确检测到传输请求信息或检测到接收功率大于第三阈值的资源单元标记为有效请求资源单元，假设N个资源单元中的有效请求资源单元的个数为V，V≤N。这样，该网络设备可以根据有效请求资源单元的个数V，或者根据有效请求资源单元在总的资源单元中所占比例V/N来确定需配置的该资源#B的大小。
例如，假设0<β1<β2<β3<…≤1，该资源#B的大小的索引为Si，i＝1,2,3…，且S1<S2<S3<…。于是，当V/N≤β1时，该网络设备配置的该资源#B的大小的索引为S1；当β1<V/N≤β2时，该网络设备配置的资源#B的大小的索引为S2；当β2<V/N≤β3时，该网络设备配置的资源#B的大小的索引为S3等。
作为示例而非限定，资源#B的大小的索引为Si也可替换为具体的时频资源分配。
作为另一种实施例，当该资源#A为时频资源与码域资源的结合时，资源#A中可包含时域、频域或时频域所构成的多个资源单元，该终端设备#A可选择其中任一个资源单元，并选择一个正交序列作为传输请求信息，并以码分方式发送该第一传输请求信息。
其中，该终端设备#A以码分方式发送该第一传输请求信息，可以是CDMA扩频传输，也可以是SCMA等非正交传输。这种情况下，可将资源单元扩展为由时域、频域、时频域以及正交序列定义为资源单元。该网络设备可以根据在该资源#A中检测到的资源单元的个数，即该网络设备成功识别的正交序列的数目，来确定需配置的资源#B大小。
例如，假设，该网络设备在该资源#A中检测到N个正交序列，每个正交序列对应一个终端设备通过免授权资源发送的传输请求信息，则该网络设备可以根据N的多少来确定需配置的该资源#B的大小。N越大，该网络设备需配置的该资源#B就越大。
该网络设备可能为不同终端设备配置不同的正交序列来做为传输请求信息，或者，该网络设备配置正交序列池，终端设备每次发送时在正交序列池中随机选择一个正交序列做 为传输请求信息，或者，所有终端设备也可以使用相同序列作为传输请求信息。
需要说明的是，当通过正交序列作为传输请求信息时，传输请求信息也可以称为传输请求信号。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的传输请求信息的检测情况，灵活调整第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
作为另一种实施例，可选地，该资源#A包括多种资源单元，该资源#A中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同。
该资源#B包括至少一种资源单元，该资源#B中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，该资源#B中的至少一种资源单元与该资源#A中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，该资源#A中的至少一种资源单元属于该资源#A中的多种资源单元，该资源#B中的每种资源单元与对应的该资源#A中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，该数据类型用于指示对应的资源#B中的资源单元的大小，和/或，该数据类型用于指示对应的该资源#B中的资源单元中承载的数据的调制编码方式。
其中，该资源#B中的每种资源单元的个数是该网络设备根据对应的该资源#A中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
下面以数据类型用于指示对应的资源#B中的资源单元的大小为例，对本申请的方案进行示例性描述。
具体而言，传输请求信息不仅指示终端设备需要发送数据，还会指示待发送的数据所属的数据类型，因而，该资源#A中的多种资源单元与待发送的数据所属的数据类型相关，每种资源单元对应至少一种数据类型，数据类型用于指示待传输的数据的大小，这样，该终端设备#A可以基于待发送的数据对应的数据类型选择合适的资源单元发送的传输请求信息。
如前所述，数据类型与待发送的数据所属的业务类型相关，业务类型可以是视频业务、图片业务、文件下载业务、短信业务、语音业务、社交媒体业务等，因而，也可以这么理解，不同大小的资源单元可以对应不同的业务类型。
由于终端设备发送的传输请求信息的大小都是相同的，所以，该资源#A中的包括的多种资源单元的大小可以都是相同的，只是不同类型的资源单元用于区分待发送的数据所对应的数据类型。
该资源#B包括至少一种资源单元，由于该资源#B是用于传输待发送数据的，所以在该资源#B中，任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，该资源#B中的至少一种资源单元与待发送的数据所对应的数据类型对应，该数据类型用于指示对应的资源#B中的资源单元的大小。
进而，该网络设备可以在基于承载在该资源#A中同一种资源单元上的传输请求信息的检测情况来确定该资源#B中对应的资源单元的大小。
同样，对于该终端设备#A来说，可以基于待传输的数据的大小(或者，可以基于当前需要传输的数据所属的业务类型在该资源#B中选择合适类型的资源单元发送数据。
需要说明的是，该资源#B可以包括与该资源#A对应的至少一种资源单元，例如，该资源#A中包括三种资源单元，那么，该资源#B中可以包括对应的1种、2种或3种资源 单元。
例如，图5所示为本申请另一实施例的第一资源和第二资源示意性结构图，如图5所示，该资源#A中包括三种资源单元，分别为资源单元#A、资源单元#B和资源单元#C，资源单元#A中承载的传输请求信息对应视频业务、图片业务和文件下载业务等占用资源较大的业务，资源单元#B中承载的传输请求信息对应社交媒体业务等占用资源一般的业务，资源单元#C中承载的传输请求信息对应短信业务和语音业务等占用资源较小的业务。3种资源上都承载有不同终端设备发送的传输请求信息，且该网络设备在该资源#A中的3种资源上都检测到传输请求信息，同时，基于针对每种资源单元承载的传输请求信息的检测情况配置该资源#B。那么，此种情况下，可以为该资源#B配置3种资源单元，基于承载在该资源#A中的该资源单元#A上的传输请求信息的检测情况，为该资源#B配置10个资源单元#A，基于承载在该资源#A中的资源单元#B上的传输请求信息的检测情况，为该资源#B配置3个资源单元#B，基于承载在该资源#A中的资源单元#C上的传输请求信息的检测情况，为该资源#B配置3个资源单元#B配置24个资源单元#C。
再例如，同样，该资源#A中包括三种资源单元，分别为资源单元#A、资源单元#B和资源单元#C，3种资源上都承载有不同终端设备发送的传输请求信息，同时，基于针对每种资源单元承载的传输请求信息的检测情况配置该资源#B，那么，此种情况下，可以为该资源#B配置2种资源单元，不同类型的资源单元的个数根据对应的资源#A中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测情况确定。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，每种资源对应至少一种数据类型，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的传输请求信息(传输请求信息可以指示待传输的数据的数据类型)的检测情况，确定第二资源中对应的资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元在第二资源上发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
需要说明的是，上述两种不同种类的资源单元，也可以是调制编码方式不同(即不同种类的资源单元绑定不同的调制编码方式)，或者是大小和调制编码方式都不同，具体不再赘述。终端设备传输所使用的调制编码方式通常是由信道情况决定的，例如，距离网络设备较近的终端设备信道一般较好，可采用较高阶调制编码方式传输，距离网络设备较远的终端设备信道一般较好，可采用较低阶调制编码方式传输。网络设备事先并不知道距离较远和距离较近且有数据需要传输的终端设备各有多少，因此可基于该资源#A上每种资源单元上的检测情况，确定在该资源#B中配置多少个对应的资源单元。
可选地，该指示信息#A还用于指示该资源#B的位置。
也就是说，该资源#B可以为时域资源，该指示信息#A用于指示该时域资源的位置，或指示该时域资源的分配；
或者，该资源#B可以为频域资源，该指示信息#A用于指示该频域资源的位置，或指示该频域资源的分配；
或者，该资源#B可以为时频资源，该指示信息#A用于指示该时频资源的位置，或指示该时频资源的分配。
当该指示信息#A用于指示该资源#B的位置时，也可以认为该指示信息#A指示了该 资源#B的大小，因为该资源#B的资源分配实际上隐含了该资源#B的大小。
例如，若该资源#B为时域资源，该指示信息#A会指示该时域资源的起点、时域长度，通过时域资源的起点和时域长度来唯一确定该时域资源的位置，这样，实际上也就相当于指示了该时域资源的大小；
再例如，若该资源#B为频域资源，该指示信息#A会指示该频域资源的起点以及频域宽度，通过频域资源的起点和频域长度来唯一确定该频域资源的位置，这样，实际上也就相当于指示了该频域资源的大小。
可选地，用于承载该指示信息#A的资源#C为物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)、物理混合自动重传指示信道(Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel，PHICH)或类PHICH中的任一种。
具体针对该资源#C的描述可以参考方法200中针对资源#3的描述，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
可选地，在该网络设备发送该指示信息#A之前，该方法还包括：
该网络设备发送指示信息#C，该指示信息#C用于指示该终端设备#A使用该资源#A发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置该资源#B。
具体而言，该网络设备可以基于当前通过免调度资源发送的数据的数据量或数据频繁程度来决定和指示是采用本申请实施例，即，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少，或在通过免授权资源传输的数据不频繁的时段中开启本申请实施例的机制，换句话说，通过该指示信息#C(即，第三指示信息的一例)指示该终端设备使用该资源#A发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置该资源#B。
更具体地，当通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁时，该网络设备通过该指示信息#C指示该终端设备#A在发送数据之前，可以在该资源#A上发送传输请求信息，同时，该网络设备基于该资源#A上的传输请求信息的检测情况配置该资源#B。
当通过免授权资源传输的数据较多或较为频繁时，该网络设备也会通过信令指示该终端设备#A不采用本申请实施进行数据的传输，即指示该终端设备#A在该网络设备配置的周期性的免授权资源中发送数据(初传数据和/或重传数据)，并且该网络设备不会发送用来配置该资源#B的该指示信息#A。
在本申请实施例中，该指示信息#C可以由RRC或MAC CE等高层信令、系统信息(例如，SIB)或其他物理层信令(例如，PDCCH)来承载。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第三指示信息指示终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第三指示信息用于指示该终端设备使用第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，一方面，通过设置用于发送传输请求信息的第一资源和发送数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据终端设备的实际需求，通过基于在第一资源上发送的传输请求信息的检测结果，确定是否配置第二资源，使得终端设备在有数据需求时，通过该网络设备配置的第二资源发送数据，在没有数据传输需求的时段中，该网络设备不会配置该第二资源，有效地提高了资源配置的灵活性；
另一方面，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的传输请求信息的检测情况，灵活调整 第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率；
另一方面，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，每种资源对应至少一种数据类型，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的传输请求信息(传输请求信息可以指示待传输的数据的数据类型)的检测情况，确定第二资源中对应的资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元在第二资源上发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率；
再一方面，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第三指示信息指示终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第三指示信息用于指示该终端设备使用第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
下面，通过另一种描述方式来详细说明本申请实施例，其中，下文描述的竞争传输单元(Contention Transmission Unit,CTU)即为上文描述的资源单元，Grant-free数据即为上文描述的通过免授权资源发送的数据，或通过免授权传输方式发送的数据，Opt 1中的第一信息即为上文描述的第一数据，第二信息即为上文描述的重传数据，Opt 2中的第一信息即为上文描述的第一传输请求信息，第二信息即为上文描述的对应传输请求信息的数据，下文中的第一资源即为上文描述的第一资源，下文中的第二资源即为上文描述的第二资源，下文的第二资源指示信息即为上文描述的第一指示信息，下文的第三资源即为上文描述的第三资源。
首先定义一个与Grant-free相关的概念：CTU是UE进行Grant-free传输时的基本资源单位。CTU可定义为时频资源块，此时，一个CTU对应的时频资源由时域起点、时域长度、频域起点以及频域宽度唯一确定。CTU还可扩展定义为其它维度上的资源，例如，若非正交多址技术(如SCMA)用于Grant-free传输，则CTU的定义还可扩展至码域，即CTU定义为时频资源和码域资源的一种组合。具体对于SCMA来说，CTU定义为时频资源、SCMA码本和导频序列的一种组合。为便于描述我们的方案，本申请中以CTU定义为时频资源块为例进行描述，但容易理解，本申请的所有实施例均可用于CTU采用其它定义的情况。每个Grant-free传输资源池中可包括一个或多个CUT，并且不同CTU的大小可能不同，不同大小的CTU适用于不同业务的数据传输。在本申请的某些实施例中，CTU也称为子资源。
本申请中，将Grant-free传输资源池分为第一资源和第二资源两部分，第一资源由基站采用半静态方式配置，第二资源由基站根据在第一资源上的接收情况进行动态配置。
当UE有数据需通过Grant-free方式传输时，首先在第一资源上发送第一信息，第一信息可以是：
Opt 1:UE的Grant-free数据的初传版本；
Opt 2:Grant-free传输请求信号，表示UE有Grant-free数据需要传输。该信号可以是一个很简单的信号，如预定义的信号序列。
当基站在第一资源上检测到第一信息时，配置第二资源，第二资源用于UE传输第二信息，第二信息可以是：
Opt 1:UE的Grant-free数据的重复(repetition)或重传(retransmission)版本；
Opt 2:UE的Grant-free数据。无论初传版本，还是重复/重传版本，都在第二资源上传输。
上述Opt 1中，第二信息可以是UE的Grant-free数据的重复或重传版本，这是相对于第一信息(即数据的初传版本)来说的，具体包括三种可能情况：
Case 1:UE在第二资源中发送的第二信息都是第一信息的重复版本，即第二信息与第一信息完全相同，例如都是传输数据的RV0。标准目前已同意同一TB对应的数据在Grant-free传输时，最多可重复传输K次，K的取值由基站配置；
Case 2:UE在第二资源中发送的第二信息都是第一信息的重传版本，即第一信息和第二信息是传输数据的不同冗余版本。例如，第一信息是传输数据的RV0，第二信息是传输数据的RV1、RV2等；
Case 2:UE在第二资源中发送的第二信息中既有第一信息的重复版本，也有重传版本。例如，UE发送的第一信息是传输数据的RV0，在第二资源上传输了三次，分别是传输数据的RV0、RV2、RV2，显然，其中既包括重复版本，也包括重传版本。但是，对于UE在第二资源上的每一次传输来说，要么是前一传输版本的重复版本，要么是前一传输版本的重传版本，而不可能同时两者都是。
需要特别说明的是，本申请中相同Opt是一一对应的，即所有Opt 1属于同一实施例，所有Opt 2属于另一实施例。
上述描述中，当基站在第一资源上检测到第一信息时，配置第二资源，实际上是指基站在第一资源上检测到有用户传输但未正确解出数据(对应Opt 1)或检测到有用户发送了Grant-free传输请求信号(对应Opt 2)。具体来说，对于不同Opt，“基站在第一资源上检测到第一信息”的含义有所不同：
Opt 1:第一资源可能包含一个或多个即CTU，当基站在第一资源的任何一个CTU上检测到信号(例如，检测到接收功率大于第一阈值的信号，或者，检测到发送UE的UE ID)但没有正确解出数据时，则配置第二资源。换句话说，若基站在第一资源所有CTU上，要么正确解出数据，要么检测到的信号功率低于第一阈值，则不配置第二资源，因为仅第一资源已足够当前Grant-free传输使用了。其中，基站检测到发送UE的UE ID但没有正确解出数据，发生在Grant-free数据中通过显式或隐式方式指示UE ID情况下，例如，通过DMRS指示UE ID，或者Grant-free数据包括独立的控制部分和数据部分、且控制部分中包含UE ID。这种情况下，基站可能成功检测到UE ID，但却没有解出数据。
Opt 2:当基站正确检测到传输请求信号时，表明有UE需要传输数据，基站则配置第二资源。另外，当太多数量的UE同时发送传输请求信号时，可能导致基站侧接收功率超过基站的接收机最大输入功率(Receiver maximum input level)，此时基站无法解出请求信号，但这种情况下基站也应调度第二资源。考虑到第一资源是专用于UE发送Grant-free传输请求信号的，其它信号不会占用，故当基站在第一资源上检测到接收功率大于第二阈值的信号时，就应认为有UE发送了传输请求信号，从而应配置第二资源。因此，“基站在第一资源上检测到第一信息”是指基站在第一资源上正确检测到传输请求信号或基站在第一资源上检测到接收功率大于第二阈值的信号。考虑到第一资源可能包含多个子资源，上述检测可以是针对每个子资源而言的，即当基站在任一子资源上正确检测到传输请求信 号或检测到接收功率大于第二阈值的信号时，基站即配置第二资源。若基站在任何子资源上都未检测到传输请求信号，也没有检测到任何接收功率大于第二阈值的信号，则不配置第二资源。
第一资源的大小和在时频域中的位置由基站采用半静态方式配置，意味着第一资源的配置保持不变，或很长时间才会发生变化，即很长时间才会对第一资源进行重配置。具体来说，第一资源的半静态配置可通过下述方式进行：
通过高层信令配置。例如，通过RRC信令进行配置。具体来说，第一资源的配置信息可能由专门的SIB进行承载；
由标准预定义第一资源的配置。例如，标准定义某一窄带作为FDD模式下UL grant-free的第一资源，使得UE任何时刻有数据发送时都可通过第一资源传输，从而满足URLLC业务采用Grant-free传输时的延迟要求。
基站有可能对第一资源的大小和/或在时频域中的位置进行调整。例如，在Grant-free数据较多的时段中，基站配置较大的第一资源；在Grant-free数据较少的时段中，基站配置较小的第一资源。
基站动态配置第二资源时，需通过信令来指示，即基站需发送第二资源指示信息来配置第二资源。传输第二资源指示信息的资源称为第三资源。结合半静态配置方式，第二资源指示信息可包含不同内容：
若基站事先通过高层信令已经配置了第二资源的大小，或者标准定义了第二资源的大小，则第二资源指示信息只需指示是否存在第二资源即可。第二资源的在时频域中的位置也可以是标准预定义的，或通过高层信令配置的。
若基站事先通过高层信令已经配置了第二资源的不同大小配置以及对应的大小索引，或标准定义了第二资源的不同大小配置以及对应的大小索引(Size Index)，则第二资源指示信息可指示是否存在第二资源，以及存在第二资源情况下的大小索引。例如，第二资源指示信息为0表示不存在第二资源，1表示存在第二资源且Size Index＝1，2表示存在第二资源且Size Index＝2，等等。第二资源的在时频域中的位置可以是标准预定义的，或通过高层信令配置的；
可以在第二资源指示信息中直接指示是否存在第二资源以及存在情况下的第二资源大小。此时，无需通过高层配置或标准定义第二资源大小。第二资源的在时频域中的位置可以是标准预定义的，或通过高层信令配置的，或在第二资源指示信息中指示的。
第一资源应是周期性出现的。例如，通过高层信令配置或标准预定义第一资源的大小、位置以及周期。一个特例是，第一资源是一个频带，即一个频带作为专用于Grant-free传输的第一资源。用于配置第一资源的指示信息可称为第一资源指示信息。
第三资源可以是Group common DCI对应的资源，即通过位于第三资源中的Group common DCI承载第二资源指示信息。
第三资源也可以是PHICH或类PHICH(PHICH-like)的物理信道，即通过PHICH或类PHICH承载第二资源指示信息。其中，PHICH-like可以是PHICH的扩展。这是因为，当UE在第一资源上发送了第一信息之后，需要到PHICH或类PHICH上去接收响应信息。此时，UE可能收到ACK，也有可能收到第二资源指示信息。若UE收到后者，则意味着基站未能正确解出第一信息，因此配置了第二资源用来传输数据的重复或重传版本。换句 话说，基站对第一信息的响应和第二资源指示信息可复用相同资源，即在PHICH或类PHICH上传输。
第三资源可以是周期性的或非周期性的。当UE有数据需要发送并且从第三资源上听到基站恰好调度了第二资源时，可以直接在第二资源上传输，而不必先到第一资源上传输第一信息。这种情况发生在，UE1在第一资源上发送了第一信息，触发基站在第三资源上发送了第二资源指示信息，该第二资源指示信息恰好被UE2听到了。对于Opt 1来说，这种情况下第二资源也可以用来传输数据的初传版本。
本申请的方案可由图6来示意。其中，图6中的第一幅图是第一资源为周期性时频资源块的情况，图6中的第二幅图是第一资源为固定频带资源的情况。图6仅给出了通过第三资源中的第二资源指示信息指示是否存在第二资源的例子，通过第二资源指示信息指示第二资源的其他信息(如第二资源的大小)的例子是类似的，具体不再赘述。图6中，虚线框表示该资源实际未配置，在后续其它图中同样如此。
对于Opt 2，由于UE发送UL数据之前总是先要发送Grant-free传输请求信号，因此可能对UL数据的传输延迟造成影响，因此本申请Opt 2的方案可能不适合于延迟敏感业务(如高可靠低时延通信(Ultra-reliable and Low Latency Communications，URLLC)业务)，但却适合于对于对传输延迟要求不高的业务(如海量机器类型通信(Massive Machine Type Communication，mMTC)业务)。为了使Opt 2也适用于延迟敏感业务，可以考虑增加第四资源。第四资源是一个固定频带，或者是频繁周期性出现的时频资源块，用于传输延迟敏感业务，从而保证较小的传输延迟。图7是第四资源为固定频带的一个例子。当UE传输延迟敏感业务时，直接在第四资源上传输；当UE传输延时要求不高的业务时，则选择首先在第一资源上发送Grant-free传输请求信号，继而在基站调度的第二资源上传输UL数据。当然，若传输延迟敏感业务的UE在第四资源上传输失败，也可能在第二资源上传输数据的重复/重传版本。换句话说，利用第四资源尽可能保证延迟敏感业务的传输时延要求，但一旦传输失败也可能利用第二资源传输数据的重复版本或重传版本；而延迟不敏感业务，则只在第二资源上传输。
本申请的Opt 1中，第一资源是Grant-free传输的基本传输资源，其配置是相对稳定的。只有在基站认为第一资源不能满足当前Grant-free传输需求情况下，基站才会通过第三资源调度第二资源，第二资源是对第一资源的补充。换句话说，若第一资源满足当前Grant-free传输需求，基站则不会调度第二资源，这就节省了传输资源，提高了资源利用效率。更进一步，基站可根据需要通过第三资源指示调度的第二资源的大小，即根据需要灵活调整第二资源，更进一步提高了Grant-free传输的资源利用效率。
本申请的Opt 2中，第一资源是一个很小的资源，仅当基站在第一资源上检测到Grant-free传输请求信号或检测到接收功率大于第二阈值的信号时，才会通过第三资源配置的第二资源，用于Grant-free数据传输，而当没有UE需要进行Grant-free传输时，基站则不调度第二资源，从而达到提高资源利用效率的目的。同理，基站可根据需要通过第三资源指示调度的第二资源的大小，即根据需要灵活调整第二资源，更进一步提高了Grant-free传输的资源利用效率。
本申请实施例一：
一个基站下的UE通过Grant-free机制进行传输的数据的数据量可能是时变的。例如， 某些时段中，Grant-free数据比较频繁，而在另一些时段中，则很少有Grant-free数据。
对于Grant-free数据比较频繁的时段，本申请的前述方案没有太大意义，不仅不能提高资源利用效率，甚至可能降低资源利用效率。例如，对于Opt 1来说，在Grant-free数据比较频繁的时段中，大量UE在第一资源上发送初传数据，而这些初传数据相互碰撞，基本上不可能发送成功，实际数据传输基本上都依赖于在第二资源上的重复/重传版本，这种情况下，第一资源和第三资源显然都被浪费了；对于Opt 2来说，在Grant-free数据比较频繁的时段中，大量UE在第一资源上发送Grant-free传输请求信号，这导致基站几乎在每个第一资源上都能检测到Grant-free传输请求信号，进而总是需要通过第三资源调度第二资源，而一件总是发生的事件是没有必要去指示的，换句话说，这种情况下，第一资源和第三资源也都是浪费的。仅当Grant-free数据不太频繁、而且不确定数据何时到达的情况下，本申请的前述方案才能起到较好资源利用效率提升效果。
基于上述分析，基站可根据当前Grant-free数据的数据量或数据频繁程度来决定和指示是否开启本申请前述资源利用效率提高方案，即在Grant-free数据不多或不频繁的时段中开启本申请的机制，在Grant-free数据较多或较频繁时关闭本申请的机制。具体包括：
当Grant-free数据不多或不频繁时，基站指示开启本申请前述资源利用效率提高方案，即指示UE在发送Grant-free数据前，必须在第一资源上发送第一信息，然后基站才会实际配置第二资源。无论Opt 1还是Opt 2都是如此，只不过两种Opt情况下的第一信息内容不同；
当Grant-free数据较多或较频繁时，基站指示关闭本申请前述资源利用效率提高方案，即指示UE在基站配置的周期性Grant-free传输资源池中发送Grant-free数据的初传版本和重复/重传版本。对于不同Opt，周期性Grant-free传输资源池的定义可能不同。
Opt 1:周期性Grant-free传输资源池可以是第一资源，或第二资源，或(第一资源和第二资源)，或基站配置的其它周期性资源。这种情况下，除周期性Grant-free传输资源池之外的资源都无需存在，如无需第三资源，从而节省资源开销；
Opt 2:周期性Grant-free传输资源池可以是第二资源，或基站配置的其它周期性资源。这种情况下，除周期性Grant-free传输资源池之外的资源都无需存在，如无需第一资源和第三资源，从而节省资源开销。
各个时段中Grant-free数据的数据量或数据频繁程度可通过基站观察得到。例如，基站统计每天24小时中各个时段的Grant-free数据量，进而确定数据量较大的时段。
图8是周期性Grant-free资源池为第二资源的一个例子。
基站可通过RRC等高层信令来传输开启/关闭指示，以指示开启/关闭本申请的前述资源利用效率提高机制，例如，通过SIB来承载开启/关闭指示。基站还可通过其他物理层信令来承载开启/关闭指示，例如，通过承载Group common DCI来承载开启/关闭指示。
开启/关闭指示可简称为开关指示。当开关指示指示开启(ON)时，实际上是指示当UE有Grant-free数据传输时，UE需首先在第一资源上发送第一信息。需要注意的是，开关指示与基站配置第一资源是不同的概念。基站配置第一资源，是指基站指定了第一资源的大小、位置以及周期等信息，但当前系统是否实际启用了第一资源，则是由开关指示决定的。当开关指示为开启(ON)时，基站所配置的第一资源生效，UE在基站配置的第一资源上发送第一信息；当开关指示为关闭(OFF)时，系统中实际不存在第一资源，即基 站配置的第一资源用来做别的事情了，但是，第一资源配置信息仍然是存在的，只是当前未启用而已。
发明实施例二：根据第一资源上的检测情况确定第二资源大小
如前所述，基站可通过第三资源中的第二资源指示信息来指示配置的第二资源的大小，而基站如何确定当前应配置的第二资源大小则是一个需要解决的问题。
一种解决方法是，基站根据在第一资源上对UE发送的第一信息的检测情况来确定需配置的第二资源大小。基站根据在第一资源上检测情况确定需配置的第二资源大小的过程，可以是基站内部实现，也可以由标准具体规定。
第一资源可以是时频域资源，其中包含多个时域或频域或时频域的子资源(即CTU)，如图9所示，UE在这些子资源中选择一个来发送第一信息。这种情况下，基站可根据在第一资源所包含的多个子资源上的检测情况，确定需配置的第二资源大小。假设第一资源中包含N个子资源，对于不同Opt，基站根据第一资源上的检测情况确定第二资源的大小的方法可能有差异，下面是一个具体的例子：
Opt 1:基站对第一资源中每个子资源进行检测，并且将检测到的接收功率大于第一阈值(或正确检测出UE ID)、但未正确解出数据的子资源标记为碰撞子资源。假设N个子资源中碰撞子资源的个数为M，其中，0<M≤N。这样，基站可以根据碰撞子资源的个数M，或者根据碰撞子资源在总的子资源中所占比例M/N来确定需配置的第二资源的大小。例如，假设0<α1<α2<α3<…≤1，第二资源的大小索引为Si，i＝1,2,3…，且S1<S2<S3<…。于是，当M/N≤α1时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S1；当α1<M/N≤α2时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S2；当α2<M/N≤α3时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S3…
Opt 2:基站对第一资源中每个子资源进行检测，并且将正确检测到传输请求信号或检测到接收功率大于第二阈值的子资源标记为有效请求子资源，假设N个子资源中有效请求子资源的个数为V，V≤N。这样，基站可以根据有效请求子资源的个数V，或者根据有效请求子资源在总的子资源中所占比例V/N来确定需配置的第二资源的大小。例如，假设0<β1<β2<β3<…≤1，第二资源的大小索引为Si，i＝1,2,3…，且S1<S2<S3<…。于是，当V/N≤β1时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S1；当β1<V/N≤β2时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S2；当β2<V/N≤β3时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S3…
第一资源还可以是时频域资源和码域资源的结合。第一资源中可包含一个或多个时域或频域或时频域的资源块，UE可选择其中一个资源块，并选择一个正交序列作为第一信息，并以码分方式发送第一信息。其中，以码分方式发送第一消息，可以是CDMA扩频传输，也可以是SCMA等非正交传输。这种情况下，可将元组(资源块，正交序列)定义为子资源。基站可根据在第一资源中检测到的子资源目，即基站成功识别的正交序列数目，来确定需配置的第二资源大小。对于不同Opt，基站根据第一资源上的检测情况确定第二资源的大小的方法可能有差异，下面是一个具体的例子：
(1)Opt 1:基站给不同UE分配不同DMRS序列，达到区分UE的目的，假设基站将检测到N个的DMRS序列，但正确解出M个数据，M<N。这样，基站可以根据M，或者根据(N-M)/N来确定需配置的第二资源的大小。例如，假设0<α1<α2<α3<…，第二资源的大小索引为Si，i＝1,2,3…，且S1<S2<S3<…≤1。于是，当(N-M)/N≤α1时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S1；当α1<(N-M)/N≤α2时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S2；当α2<(N-M)/N≤α3 时，基站配置的第二资源的大小索引为S3…
(2)Opt 2:假设基站在第一资源中一共检测到N个正交序列，每个正交序列对应一个UE发送的Grant-free传输请求信号，则基站可以根据N来确定需配置的第二资源的大小。N越大，基站需配置的第二资源就越大。基站可能为不同UE配置不同正交序列做为Grant-free传输请求信号，或者，基站配置正交序列池，UE每次发送时在正交序列池中随机选择一个正交序列做为Grant-free传输请求信号，或者，所有UE使用相同序列作为Grant-free传输请求信号。
不同业务的数据长度可能是不同的，相应地，Grant-free传输资源池可能应包含不同大小的CTU，以适应不同业务传输的需要。假设定义了三种类型的CTU，不同类型的CTU大小不同，则第一资源上的传输应能使基站估计需要不同大小CTU的UE分别为多少，从而在第二资源中配置适当数量的三种CTU。对于给定类型的CTU，基站如何根据第一资源上的接收确定第二资源中配置该类型CTU的数量，可以参考前述根据第一资源的接收确定第二资源的大小的方法，也可采用其它方法。注意，这种情况下，前述“第二资源的大小”与这里“该种CTU的数量”具有相同含义，即对于特定类型的CTU而言，CUT的数量等价于占据的资源大小。当然，第二资源包括多种大小不同的CTU情况下，多种CTU占据的资源之和才是“第二资源的大小”。
对于Opt 1，第一资源应包含三种类型CTU，基站基于每一种CTU上的接收情况确定第二资源的每种CTU应配置多少，如图10所示。其中，不同底色或网格的方块，代表不同类型CTU。当UE发送时，根据当前业务所需在第一资源上对应类型的CTU中选择一个CTU进行传输。
对于Opt 2，第一资源所包含的多个CTU则无需区分大小，即第一资源的所有CTU的大小相同，这是因为不同UE发送的Grant-free传输请求信号大小是相同的。但是，需事先定义三种类型CTU分别对应第一资源中哪些子资源，如图11所示。UE发送时，根据当前业务所需在第一资源上域自身业务所需CTU对应的子资源中选择一个子资源传输Grant-free传输请求信号。
对于Opt 2，还可以不通过子资源区分对应不同CTU类型，而是将Grant-free传输请求信号进行分组，不同组的Grant-free传输请求信号对应不同CTU类型。UE发送时，根据当前业务所需在对应Grant-free传输请求信号组中选择一个正交序列，然后在第一资源中选择一个子资源传输选定的正交序列。基站则根据检测到的正交序列属于哪个组来确定当前UE请求哪种类型CTU。
本申请实施例三：连续配置多个第二资源
基站在配置了第二资源后，可能检测到第二资源上仍然存在传输冲突。这种情况下，基站还可继续配置更多的第二资源，并且后一个第二资源的大小，可根据基站在前一个第二资源上的接收情况来确定，如图12所示。当然，每个第二资源之前，基站都可通过第三资源来发送第二资源指示信息，其中指示随后的第二资源的配置。
基站具体如何根据前一个第二资源上的接收情况来确定下一个第二资源的大小，可参考实施例二中基站根据第一资源上的接收情况确定第二资源大小的方法。但需要特别注意的是，无论第一资源发送的第一信息是数据的初传版本(对应Opt 1)还是Grant-free传输请求信号(Opt 2)，基站根据前一个第二资源上的接收情况来确定下一个第二资源的大 小时，只能采用实施例二中Opt 1的方法，这是因为前一个第二资源传输的是Grant-free数据而不是Grant-free传输请求信号。
类似于实施例二，第二资源中可能包括多种CTU类型，不同类型CTU的大小不同，例如三种CTU大小，分别适用于不同业务的数据传输。这种情况下，基站根据前一个第二资源中上的接收情况来确定下一个第二资源的大小，具体可以是：基站根据前一个第二资源每种CTU上的接收情况，确定在下一个第二资源中应配置对应类型CTU的数量。例如，三种不同大小的CTU分别记为CTU1、CTU2、CTU3，前一个第二资源包括3个CTU1、5个CTU2、8个CTU3。基站根据在前一个第二资源中的3个CTU1上的接收情况，确定下一个第二资源还需调度两个CTU1；根据在前一个第二资源中的5个CTU2上的接收情况，确定下一个第二资源无需调度CTU2；根据在前一个第二资源中的8个CTU3上的接收情况，确定下一个第二资源还需调度3个CTU2。这样，基站在下一个第二资源中调度两个CUT1和3个CTU2。对于给定CTU类型，基站如何根据前一个第二资源中该种CTU上的接收来确定下一个第二资源中应配置的该种CTU数量，可参考实施例二中(Opt 1)基于第一资源中该种CTU上的接收来确定第二资源中应配置的该种CTU数量的方法。
前述提供的各实施例的标号与后文的各实施例的编号并无明确的对应关系，仅为了此部分在表述上的方便。
本申请提供的实施例包括以下任一个:
1.一种配置Grant-free传输资源池的方法，所述方法包括：
基站在第一资源上检测第一信息，所述第一信息由UE通过Grant-free方式传输；
所述基站发送第二资源指示信息，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于所述UE发送第二信息，所述第二资源指示信息由所述基站根据对所述第一信息的检测确定。
基站通过第一资源上的检测情况，灵活决定是否配置第二资源、以及配置多大的第二资源，从而达到根据需要灵活配置资源的目的，提高了Grant-free传输资源的利用效率。
2.根据实施例1所述的方法，所述第一信息为所述UE发送的Grant-free初传数据，所述第二信息为所述Grant-free初传数据的重传版本或重复版本。
第一资源用于传输Grant-free初传数据，使得方案满足延时敏感业务的延时要求。
3.根据实施例1所述的方法，所述第一信息为所述UE发送的Grant-free传输请求信号，所述第二信息为所述UE发送的Grant-free数据，所述Grant-free传输请求信号用于指示所述UE有数据需通过Grant-free方式传输。
第一资源可用于传输Grant-free传输请求信号，使得第二资源可以很小。虽然不适用于延时敏感业务，但却能最大限度提高资源利用效率。
4.根据实施例1-3任一所述的方法，所述基站在所述第一资源上检测所述第一信息之前，所述基站发送第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一资源的配置。
第一资源是Grant-free传输的基本资源，是周期性的，由基站通过半静态方式配置。
5.根据实施例1-4任一所述的方法，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示所述基站是否配置了所述第二资源。
第二资源指示信息指示是否配置了第二资源，能够提高资源利用效率，且指示开销小。
6.根据实施例1-4任一所述的方法，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示所述第二资源的大小。
第二资源指示信息指示第二资源大小，能够提高资源利用效率，且指示更加灵活。
7.根据实施例5或6任一所述的方法，所述第二资源指示信息由group common DCI或PHICH或类PHICH承载。
尽可能复用已有信令承载第二资源指示信息，降低新信令设计导致的系统复杂度上升。
8.根据实施例1-7任一所述的方法，所述第一资源包括多个子资源，所述第二资源指示信息由所述基站根据对所述第一信息的检测确定，包括：
所述基站根据对所述第一资源中的所述多个子资源的检测结果，确定所述第二资源的大小，所述第二资源指示信息指示所述第二资源的大小。
提供了一种基于第一资源中第一信息的检测确定第二资源大小的方法。
9.根据实施例1-8任一所述的方法，在所述基站在所述第一资源上检测所述第一信息之前，所述基站发送开关指示，所述开关指示用于指示当所述UE有Grant-free数据需要传输时，所述UE在所述第一资源上发送所述第一信息。
本申请提供的资源利用效率提高机制可通过开关指示来开启和关闭，从而使基站能够根据情况灵活配置，从而尽可能提高资源利用效率。
10.一种配置Grant-free传输资源池的方法，所述方法包括：
UE在第一资源上向基站发送第一信息；
所述UE接收所述基站发送的第二资源指示信息，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于所述UE发送第二信息，所述第二资源指示信息由所述基站根据对所述第一信息的检测确定。
基站通过第一资源上的检测情况，灵活决定是否配置第二资源、以及配置多大的第二资源，从而达到根据需要灵活配置资源的目的，提高了Grant-free传输资源的利用效率。
11.根据实施例10所述的方法，所述第一信息为所述UE发送的Grant-free初传数据，所述第二信息为所述Grant-free初传数据的重传版本或重复版本。
第一资源用于传输Grant-free初传数据，使得方案满足延时敏感业务的延时要求。
12.根据实施例10所述的方法，所述第一信息为所述UE发送的Grant-free传输请求信号，所述第二信息为所述UE发送的Grant-free数据，所述Grant-free传输请求信号用于指示所述UE有数据需通过Grant-free方式传输。
第一资源可用于传输Grant-free传输请求信号，使得第二资源可以很小。虽然不适用于延时敏感业务，但却能最大限度提高资源利用效率。
13.根据实施例10-12任一所述的方法，所述UE在所述第一资源上向所述基站发送所述第一信息之前，所述UE接收所述基站发送的第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一资源的配置。
第一资源是Grant-free传输的基本资源，是周期性的，由基站通过半静态方式配置。
14.根据实施例10-13任一所述的方法，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示所述基站是否配置了所述第二资源。
第二资源指示信息指示是否配置了第二资源，能够提高资源利用效率，且指示开销小。
15.根据实施例10-13任一所述的方法，所述第二资源指示信息用于指示所述第二资源的大小。
第二资源指示信息指示第二资源大小，能够提高资源利用效率，且指示更加灵活。
16.根据实施例14或15任一所述的方法，所述第二资源指示信息由group common DCI或PHICH或类PHICH承载。
尽可能复用已有信令承载第二资源指示信息，降低新信令设计导致的系统复杂度上升。
17.根据实施例10-16任一所述的方法，所述第一资源包括多个子资源，所述第二资源指示信息由所述基站根据对所述第一信息的检测确定，包括：
所述基站根据对所述第一资源中的所述多个子资源的检测结果，确定所述第二资源的大小，所述第二资源指示信息指示所述第二资源的大小。
提供了一种基于第一资源中第一信息的检测确定第二资源大小的方法。
18.根据实施例10-17任一所述的方法，所述UE在所述第一资源上向所述基站发送所述第一信息之前，所述UE接收所述基站发送的开关指示，所述开关指示用于指示当所述UE有Grant-free数据需要传输时，所述UE在所述第一资源上发送所述第一信息。
本申请提供的资源利用效率提高机制可通过开关指示来开启和关闭，从而使基站能够根据情况灵活配置，从而尽可能提高资源利用效率。
19.一种基站，所述基站包括：
处理器，存储器，收发器和总线；
所述处理器、收发器、存储器通过所述总线相互的通信；
所述收发器，用于接收和发送数据；
所述存储器，用于存储指令；
所述处理器，用于执行所述存储器中的所述指令，执行如实施例1-9任一所述的方法。
20.根据实施例19所述的基站，所述收发器包括：
发送器和接收器；
所述发送器用于发送如实施例1-9任一所述第一资源指示信息、所述第二资源指示信息以及所述开关指示；
所述接收器用于接收终端发送如实施例1-9任一所述第一信息和所述第二信息。
21.一种终端，所述终端包括：
处理器，存储器，收发器和总线；
所述处理器、收发器、存储器通过所述总线相互的通信；
所述收发器，用于接收和发送数据；
所述存储器用于存储指令；
所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的所述指令，执行如实施例10-18任一所述的方 法。
22.根据实施例21所述的终端，所述收发器包括：
发送器和接收器；
所述接收器用于接收基站发送的如实施例10-18任一所述第一资源指示信息、所述第二资源指示信息以及所述开关指示；
所述发送器用于根据所述所述配置信息，发送如实施例10-18任一所述第一信息和所述第二信息。
23.一种基站，所述基站被配置为执行如实施例1-9任一所述的方法。
24.一种终端，所述终端被配置为执行如实施例10-18任一所述的方法。
25.一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序，该计算机程序在某一计算机单元上执行时，将会使所述计算机单元实现实施例1-9任一所述的方法。
26.一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序，该计算机程序在某一计算机单元上执行时，将会使所述计算机单元实现实施例10-18任一所述的方法。
27.一种计算机程序，该计算机程序在某一计算机单元上执行时，将会使所述计算机单元实现实施例1-9任一所述的方法。
28.一种计算机程序，该计算机程序在某一计算机单元上执行时，将会使所述计算机单元实现实施例10-18任一所述的方法。
以上，结合图1至图12详细描述了根据本申请实施例的传输信息的方法，下面，结合图13至图16描述根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置，方法实施例所描述的技术特征同样适用于以下装置实施例。
图13示出了根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置400的示意性框图。如图13所示，该装置400包括：
处理单元410，用于确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，该第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，该第一数据是第一终端设备使用第一资源单元发送的数据，该第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，该第一资源和该第二资源都为免授权资源，且该第一资源与该第二资源相异，其中，该第一指示信息是该装置根据该第一数据的接收情况确定的。
发送单元420，用于发送在该处理单元410中确定的该第一指示信息。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的装置，通过设置用于传输数据的第一资源和用于传输重传数据的第二资源，可以使得该根据第一资源上的数据的接收情况向终端设备发送用于指示第二资源的配置的第一指示信息，可以使得该终端设备基于该第一指示信息确定与该第二资源相关的信息，从而，可以使得终端设备在数据传输失败的情况下，不在原有的第一资源上发送重传数据，而是直接在该第二资源上发送重传数据，相当于将当前传输的部分数据(即，重传数据)通过第二资源发送，另一部分数据(即，初传数据)通过第一资源发送，较多的资源可以增加数据传输成功的可能性，从而提高传输效率，同时，装置根据数据接收情况调整资源配置，也提高了资源配置的灵活性。
可选地，该第一指示信息具体用于指示该装置是否配置该第二资源。
可选地，该第一指示信息具体是该装置根据该第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，该至少一个第二数据承载于该第一资源中除该第一资源单元以外的至少一个资 源单元上，该至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
因此，装置基于在第一资源上传输的至少一个数据的接收情况来确定是否配置第二资源，换句话说，在满足一定条件的情况下，才配置该第二资源，不满足一定条件的情况下，不配置该第二资源，大大提高了资源利用的灵活性，一定程度上可以提高资源利用率。
可选地，该第一指示信息还具体用于指示该第二资源的大小；和/或，
该第一指示信息还具体用于指示该第二资源的位置。
可选地，在该第一指示信息具体用于指示该装置配置该第二资源的大小的情况下，该第二资源的大小是该装置根据该第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，该装置根据承载在第一资源上的数据的接收情况，灵活调整该第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
可选地，该第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，该第二资源包括该多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
其中，该第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是该装置根据该第一资源中该每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，任意两种资源单元的大小和/或调制编码方式不同，可以使得该装置配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该装置基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的数据接收情况，确定第二资源中同一种资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得第一终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小和/或采用的调制编码方式来确定合适类型的资源单元发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
可选地，该发送单元420还用于，
发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用该第一资源发送数据，且该装置会基于数据的接收情况配置该第二资源。
因而，该装置可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第二指示信息指示第一终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第二指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用第一资源发送数据，且会基于数据的接收情况配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
该传输信息的装置400可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法200中描述的网络设备，并且，该传输信息的装置400中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，该装置400可以为网络设备，此种情况下，该装置400可以包括：处理器、发送器和接收器，处理器、发送器和接收器通信连接，可选地，该装置还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器、发送器和接收器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制发送器发送信息或接收器接收信号。
此种情况下，图13所示的装置400中的处理单元410可以对应该处理器，图13所示的装置400中的发送单元420可以对应该发送器。另一种实施方式中，发送器和接收器可以由同一个部件收发器实现。
图14示出了根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置500的示意性框图。如图14所示，该装置500包括：
处理单元510，用于在第一资源上检测第一传输请求信息，该第一传输请求信息用于指示第一终端设备需要发送数据，其中，该第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，该第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，且该第一资源是免授权资源；
发送单元520，用于发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，该第二资源用于传输数据，且该第二资源为免授权资源，该第二资源与该第一资源相异，其中，该第一指示信息是该装置根据该第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的装置，通过设置用于发送传输请求信息的第一资源和发送数据的第二资源，可以使得网络设备根据该装置的实际需求，通过基于在第一资源上发送的传输请求信息的检测结果，确定是否配置第二资源，使得该装置在有数据需求时，通过该网络设备配置的第二资源发送数据，在没有数据传输需求的时段中，该网络设备不会配置该第二资源，有效地提高了资源配置的灵活性。
可选地，在该第一指示信息用于指示该第二资源的情况下，该第一指示信息还用于指示该第二资源的大小；和/或，
该第一指示信息还用于指示该第二资源的位置。
可选地，该第二资源的大小是该装置根据该第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的传输请求信息的检测情况，灵活调整第二资源的大小，为该装置配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
可选地，该第一资源包括多种资源单元，该第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
该第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，该第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，该第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与该第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，该第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于该第一资源中的多种资源单元，该第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的该第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，该数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，和/或，该数据类型用于指示对应的该第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的调制编码方式。
其中，该第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是该装置根据对应的该第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，每种资源对应至少一种数据类型，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的传输请求信息(传输请求信息可以指示待传输的数据的数据类型)的检测情况，确定第二资源中对应的资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元在第二资源上发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
可选地，该发送单元520还用于，
发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备使用该第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该装置会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置该第二资源。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第三指示信息指示终端设备使用本申请实施例，即该第三指示信息用于指示该该装置使用第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
该传输信息的装置500可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法300中描述的网络设备，并且，该传输信息的装置500中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法300中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，该装置500可以为网络设备，此种情况下，该装置500可以包括：处理器、发送器和接收器，处理器、发送器和接收器通信连接，可选地，该装置还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器、发送器和接收器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制发送器发送信息或接收器接收信号。
此种情况下，图14所示的装置500中的处理单元510可以对应该处理器，图14所示的装置500中的发送单元520可以对应该发送器。另一种实施方式中，发送器和接收器可以由同一个部件收发器实现。
图15示出了根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置600的示意性框图。如图15所示，该装置600包括：
发送单元610，用于在第一资源单元上发送第一数据，该第一资源单元属于第一资源，该第一资源为预先配置的免授权资源；
接收单元620，用于接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，该第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，该第二资源为免授权资源，且该第二资源与该第一资源相异，其中，该第一指示信息是该网络设备根据该第一数据的接收情况确定的；
该发送单元610还用于，根据在该接收单元620接收的该第一指示信息进行数据的传输。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的装置，通过设置用于传输数据的第一资源和用于传输重传数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据第一资源上的数据的接收情况向终端设备发送用于指示第二资源的配置的第一指示信息，可以使得该装置基于该第一指示信息确定与该第二资源相关的信息，从而，可以使得该装置在数据传输失败的情况下，不在原有的第一资源上发送重传数据，而是直接在该第二资源上发送重传数据，相当于将当前传输的部分数据(即，重传数据)通过第二资源发送，另一部分数据(即，初传数据)通过第一资源发送，较多的资源可以增加数据传输成功的可能性，从而提高传输效率，同时，网络设备根据数据接收情况调整资源配置，也提高了资源配置的灵活性。
可选地，该第一指示信息具体用于指示该网络设备是否配置该第二资源。
可选地，该第一指示信息具体是该网络设备根据该第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，该至少一个第二数据承载于该第一资源中除该第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，该至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是 对应的第二终端设备发送的。
因此，网络设备基于在第一资源上传输的至少一个数据的接收情况来确定是否配置第二资源，换句话说，在满足一定条件的情况下，才配置该第二资源，不满足一定条件的情况下，不配置该第二资源，大大提高了资源利用的灵活性，一定程度上可以提高资源利用率。
可选地，该第一指示信息还具体用于指示该第二资源的大小；和/或，
该第一指示信息还具体用于指示该第二资源的位置。
可选地，在该第一指示信息具体用于指示该装置配置该第二资源的大小的情况下，该第二资源的大小是该装置根据该第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的数据的接收情况，灵活调整该第二资源的大小，为终端设备配置大小合适的资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
可选地，该第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，该第二资源包括该多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
其中，该第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是该装置根据该第一资源中该每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，任意两种资源单元的大小和/或调制编码方式不同，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的数据接收情况，确定第二资源中同一种资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得第一终端设备基于需要传输的数据的大小和/或采用的调制编码方式来确定合适类型的资源单元发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
可选地，该接收单元620还用于，
接收第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该装置使用该第一资源发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置该第二资源。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第二指示信息指示该装置使用本申请实施例，即该第二指示信息用于指示该该装置使用第一资源发送数据，且该网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
该传输信息的装置600可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法200中描述的第一终端设备，并且，该传输信息的装置600中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中第一终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，该装置600可以为第一终端设备，此种情况下，该装置600可以包括：处理器、发送器和接收器，处理器、发送器和接收器通信连接，可选地，该装置还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器、发送器和接收器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制发送器发送信息或接收器接收信号。
此种情况下，图15所示的装置600中的发送单元610可以对应该发送器，图15所示的装置600中的接收单元620可以对应该接收器。另一种实施方式中，发送器和接收器可以由同一个部件收发器实现。
图16示出了根据本申请实施例的传输信息的装置700的示意性框图。如图16所示，该装置700包括：
发送单元710，用于发送第一传输请求信息，该第一传输请求信息用于指示该装置需要发送数据，其中，该第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，该第一资源单元属于该第一资源，且该第一资源是预先配置的免授权资源；
接收单元720，用于接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，该第二资源用于传输数据，且该第二资源为免授权资源，该第二资源与该第一资源相异，其中，该第一指示信息是该网络设备根据该第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的；
该发送单元710还用于，根据在该接收单元720接收的该第一指示信息进行数据传输。
因而，本申请实施例的传输信息的装置，通过设置用于发送传输请求信息的第一资源和发送数据的第二资源，可以使得该网络设备根据该装置的实际需求，通过基于在第一资源上发送的传输请求信息的检测结果，确定是否配置第二资源，使得该装置在有数据需求时，通过该网络设备配置的第二资源发送数据，在没有数据传输需求的时段中，该网络设备不会配置该第二资源，有效地提高了资源配置的灵活性。
可选地，在该第一指示信息用于指示该第二资源的情况下，该第一指示信息还用于指示该第二资源的大小；和/或，
该第一指示信息还用于指示该第二资源的位置。
可选地，该第二资源的大小是该装置根据该第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，该网络设备根据承载在第一资源上的传输请求信息的检测情况，灵活调整第二资源的大小，为该装置配置大小合适的第二资源，在能够提高数据的传输效率的同时，可以提高了资源利用率。
可选地，该第一资源包括多种资源单元，该第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
该第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，该第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，该第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与该第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，该第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于该第一资源中的多种资源单元，该第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的该第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，该数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，和/或，该数据类型用于指示对应的该第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的调制编码方式。
其中，该第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是该装置根据对应的该第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
因而，通过为第一资源配置多种资源单元，每种资源对应至少一种数据类型，可以使得网络设备配置第二资源的大小时，可以使得该网络设备基于承载在该第一资源中每种资源单元上的传输请求信息(传输请求信息可以指示待传输的数据的数据类型)的检测情况，确定第二资源中对应的资源单元的个数，这样，可以使得该装置基于需要传输的数据的大小来确定合适类型的资源单元在第二资源上发送数据，能够进一步提高数据的传输效率。
可选地，该接收单元720还用于，
接收第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该装置使用该第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置该第二资源。
因而，网络设备可以基于当前数据的传输情况，在通过免授权资源传输的数据较少或不频繁的情况下，通过第三指示信息指示该装置使用本申请实施例，即该第三指示信息用于指示该装置使用第一资源发送传输请求信息，且该网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置第二资源，可以有效地提高资源的利用效率。
该传输信息的装置700可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法300中描述的第一终端设备，并且，该传输信息的装置700中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法300中第一终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本申请实施例中，该装置700可以为第一终端设备，此种情况下，该装置700可以包括：处理器、发送器和接收器，处理器、发送器和接收器通信连接，可选地，该装置还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器、发送器和接收器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制发送器发送信息或接收器接收信号。
此种情况下，图16所示的装置700中的发送单元710可以对应该发送器，图16所示的装置700中的接收单元720可以对应该接收器。另一种实施方式中，发送器和接收器可以由同一个部件收发器实现。
应注意，本申请实施例上述方法实施例可以应用于处理器中，或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM， SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请实施例所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此，本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (48)

  1. 一种传输信息的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    网络设备确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，所述第一数据是第一终端设备使用第一资源单元发送的数据，所述第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，所述第一资源和所述第二资源都为免授权资源，且所述第一资源与所述第二资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据的接收情况确定的。
    所述网络设备发送所述第一指示信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备是否配置所述第二资源。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，所述至少一个第二数据承载于所述第一资源中除所述第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备配置所述第二资源的大小的情况下，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源包括所述多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
    其中，所述第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源中所述每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备发送所述第一指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送数据，且所述网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置所述第二资源。
  8. 一种传输信息的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    网络设备在第一资源上检测第一传输请求信息，所述第一传输请求信息用于指示第一终端设备需要发送数据，其中，所述第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，所述第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，且所述第一资源是免授权资源；
    所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，所述第二资源用于传输数据，且所述第二资源为免授权资源，所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二资源的情况下，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，所述第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
    所述第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于所述第一资源中的多种资源单元，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，所述数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，和/或，所述数据类型用于指示对应的所述第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的调制编码方式。
    其中，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  12. 根据权利要求8至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述网络设备发送所述第一指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送传输请求信息，且所述网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置所述第二资源。
  13. 一种传输信息的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一终端设备在第一资源单元上发送第一数据，所述第一资源单元属于第一资源，所述第一资源为预先配置的免授权资源；
    所述第一终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，所述第二资源为免授权资源，且所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是网络设备根据所述第一数据的接收情况确定的；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一指示信息进行数据的传输。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备是否配置所述第二资源。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，所述至少一个第二数据承载于所述第一资源中除所述第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备配置所述第二资源的大小的情况下，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源包括所述多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
    其中，所述第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源中所述每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  19. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备发送所述第一数据之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送数据，且所述网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置所述第二资源。
  20. 一种传输信息的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一终端设备发送第一传输请求信息，所述第一传输请求信息用于指示所述第一终端设备需要发送数据，其中，所述第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，所述第一资源单元属于所述第一资源，且所述第一资源是预先配置的免授权资源；
    所述第一终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，所述第二资源用于传输数据，且所述第二资源为免授权资源，所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的；
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一指示信息进行数据传输。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息用于指示配置所述第二资源的情况下，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，所述第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
    所述第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于所述第一资源中的多种资源单元，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，所述数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，或，所述数据类型用于指示对应的所述第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的编码调制方式。
    其中，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  24. 根据权利要求20至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一终端设备 发送所述第一传输请求信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一终端设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送传输请求信息，且所述网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置所述第二资源。
  25. 一种传输信息的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，所述第一数据是第一终端设备使用第一资源单元发送的数据，所述第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，所述第一资源和所述第二资源都为免授权资源，且所述第一资源与所述第二资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述装置根据所述第一数据的接收情况确定的。
    发送单元，用于发送在所述处理单元中确定的所述第一指示信息。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述装置是否配置所述第二资源。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体是所述装置根据所述第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，所述至少一个第二数据承载于所述第一资源中除所述第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
  28. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述装置配置所述第二资源的大小的情况下，所述第二资源的大小是所述装置根据所述第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源包括所述多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
    其中，所述第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是所述装置根据所述第一资源中所述每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  31. 根据权利要求25至30中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于，
    发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送数据，且所述装置会基于数据的接收情况配置所述第二资源。
  32. 一种传输信息的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于在第一资源上检测第一传输请求信息，所述第一传输请求信息用于指示第一终端设备需要发送数据，其中，所述第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，所述第一资源单元属于预先配置的第一资源，且所述第一资源是免授权资源；
    发送单元，用于发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，所述第二资源用于传输数据，且所述第二资源为免授权资源，所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述装置根据所述第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二资源的情况下，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二资源的大小是所述装置根据所述第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，所述第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
    所述第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于所述第一资源中的多种资源单元，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，所述数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，和/或，所述数据类型用于指示对应的所述第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的调制编码方式。
    其中，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是所述装置根据对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  36. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于，
    发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备使用所述第一资源发送传输请求信息，且所述装置会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置所述第二资源。
  37. 一种传输信息的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    发送单元，用于在第一资源单元上发送第一数据，所述第一资源单元属于第一资源，所述第一资源为预先配置的免授权资源；
    接收单元，用于接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第二资源的配置，所述第二资源用于传输包括第一数据的重传数据在内的重传数据，所述第二资源为免授权资源，且所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据的接收情况确定的；
    所述发送单元还用于，根据所述第一指示信息进行数据的传输。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备是否配置所述第二资源。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体是所述网络设备根据所述第一数据和至少一个第二数据的接收情况确定的，所述至少一个第二数据承载于所述第一资源中除所述第一资源单元以外的至少一个资源单元上，所述至少一个第二数据与至少一个第二终端设备一一对应，每个第二数据是对应的第二终端设备发送的。
  40. 根据权利要求37至39中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还具体用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述网络设备配置所述第二资源的大小的情况下，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根 据所述第一资源上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，且任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源包括所述多种资源单元中的至少一种资源单元，
    其中，所述第二资源中每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源中所述每种资源单元上承载的数据的接收情况确定的。
  43. 根据权利要求37至42中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于，
    接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述装置使用所述第一资源发送数据，且所述网络设备会基于数据的接收情况配置所述第二资源。
  44. 一种传输信息的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    发送单元，用于发送第一传输请求信息，所述第一传输请求信息用于指示所述装置需要发送数据，其中，所述第一传输请求信息承载于第一资源单元，所述第一资源单元属于所述第一资源，且所述第一资源是预先配置的免授权资源；
    接收单元，用于接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示是否配置第二资源，所述第二资源用于传输数据，且所述第二资源为免授权资源，所述第二资源与所述第一资源相异，其中，所述第一指示信息是所述网络设备根据所述第一传输请求信息的检测结果确定的；
    所述发送单元还用于，根据所述第一指示信息进行数据传输。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一指示信息用于指示配置所述第二资源的情况下，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的大小；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述第二资源的位置。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二资源的大小是所述网络设备根据所述第一资源上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一资源包括多种资源单元，所述第一资源中任意两种资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型都不同，
    所述第二资源包括至少一种资源单元，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元中任意两种资源单元的大小都不同，所述第二资源中的至少一种资源单元与所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元一一对应，所述第一资源中的至少一种资源单元属于所述第一资源中的多种资源单元，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元与对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息所指示的数据的数据类型对应，所述数据类型用于指示对应的第二资源中的资源单元的大小，或，所述数据类型用于指示对应的所述第二资源中的资源单元中承载的数据的编码调制方式。
    其中，所述第二资源中的每种资源单元的个数是所述网络设备根据对应的所述第一资源中的资源单元上承载的传输请求信息的检测结果确定的。
  48. 根据权利要求44至47中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于，
    接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述装置使用所述第一资源发送传输请求信息，且所述网络设备会基于传输请求信息的检测结果配置所述第二资源。
PCT/CN2017/093946 2017-05-19 2017-07-21 一种传输信息的方法和装置 WO2018209803A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/614,929 US11184135B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2017-07-21 Information transmission method and apparatus
CN201780090578.2A CN110612763B (zh) 2017-05-19 2017-07-21 一种传输信息的方法和装置
EP17910103.5A EP3614760B1 (en) 2017-05-19 2017-07-21 Method and apparatus for information transmission

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710359142 2017-05-19
CN201710359142.0 2017-05-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018209803A1 true WO2018209803A1 (zh) 2018-11-22

Family

ID=64273289

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/093946 WO2018209803A1 (zh) 2017-05-19 2017-07-21 一种传输信息的方法和装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US11184135B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3614760B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN110612763B (zh)
WO (1) WO2018209803A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018188120A1 (zh) * 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 华为技术有限公司 非授权上行传输方法和装置
CN110612763B (zh) * 2017-05-19 2022-04-29 华为技术有限公司 一种传输信息的方法和装置
CN109391374B (zh) * 2017-08-03 2020-08-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种数据传输方法、数据检测方法及装置
WO2019157726A1 (zh) * 2018-02-14 2019-08-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 资源上报的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US11184907B2 (en) * 2018-11-01 2021-11-23 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting a transport block in a transmission occasion
EP3837913A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2021-06-23 Sony Corporation Telecommunications apparatus and methods

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016148622A1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2016-09-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A communication device and a method therein for determining a contention window size in a communication network
CN106165482A (zh) * 2014-05-08 2016-11-23 英特尔Ip公司 用于灵活重传的系统、方法及设备
CN106550470A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中国移动通信集团公司 一种数据传输方法及装置

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20060013466A (ko) * 2004-08-07 2006-02-10 삼성전자주식회사 소프트 핸드오프 영역에서 역방향 패킷 전송을 위한단말들의 상태 정보 시그널링 방법
WO2015021185A1 (en) * 2013-08-07 2015-02-12 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Distributed scheduling for device-to-device communication
EP3167677B1 (en) * 2014-07-09 2020-06-03 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Methods, apparatus and computer programs for keep-alive signaling
CN107736049B (zh) 2015-06-26 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 上行数据传输的方法和装置
CN108023671B (zh) * 2016-11-04 2022-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种数据传输方法、基站、用户设备及系统
US10595336B2 (en) * 2016-11-15 2020-03-17 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for grant-free uplink transmissions
US10869333B2 (en) * 2016-12-16 2020-12-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for mixed grant-free and grant-based uplink transmissions
CN108289331B (zh) * 2017-01-09 2021-11-19 华为技术有限公司 一种上行传输方法、终端、网络侧设备
CN110612763B (zh) * 2017-05-19 2022-04-29 华为技术有限公司 一种传输信息的方法和装置

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106165482A (zh) * 2014-05-08 2016-11-23 英特尔Ip公司 用于灵活重传的系统、方法及设备
WO2016148622A1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2016-09-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) A communication device and a method therein for determining a contention window size in a communication network
CN106550470A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中国移动通信集团公司 一种数据传输方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA ET AL.: "Grant-free HARQ for URLLC", 3GPPTSG-RAN WG1#87 R1-1612252, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051176201 *
See also references of EP3614760A4
ZTE ET AL.: "Discussion on HARQ for Grant Free Based Transmission", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1#87 R1-1611501, 18 November 2016 (2016-11-18), XP051175478 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3614760A4 (en) 2020-05-13
CN110612763B (zh) 2022-04-29
EP3614760A1 (en) 2020-02-26
US11184135B2 (en) 2021-11-23
US20200195407A1 (en) 2020-06-18
CN110612763A (zh) 2019-12-24
EP3614760B1 (en) 2023-07-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018166447A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法和装置
WO2018228529A1 (zh) 传输控制信息的方法和装置
CN108810905B (zh) 传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置
AU2018278063B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
EP3566368B1 (en) Signaling, procedures, user equipment and base stations for uplink ultra reliable low latency communications
EP3577830B1 (en) Short physical uplink control channel (pucch) design for 5th generation (5g) new radio (nr)
EP3619874B1 (en) Short pucch formats and scheduling request (sr) transmission for 5th generation (5g) new radio access technology (nr)
EP3720034B1 (en) Flexible radio resource allocation
WO2017157181A1 (zh) 一种资源调度和分配的方法和装置
WO2018209803A1 (zh) 一种传输信息的方法和装置
US11129143B2 (en) Wireless communication method, network device, user equipment, and system
EP3566371B1 (en) Short physical uplink control channel (pucch) design for 5th generation (5g) new radio (nr)
CN114051278B (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN109428680B (zh) 发送或接收上行数据的方法和装置
WO2021088656A1 (zh) 重传次数确定方法及装置、重传次数指示方法及装置、通信节点、介质
JP2020523893A (ja) 通信方法、端末デバイス、及びネットワークデバイス
WO2018228288A1 (zh) 传输数据的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2018192218A1 (zh) 一种数据传输的方法和装置
JP2022141774A (ja) 端末、通信方法及び集積回路
CN107769903B (zh) 一种无线通信中的方法和装置
WO2018171441A1 (zh) 缓存器状态报告发送的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN109831824B (zh) 用于上行捎带传输的方法、装置及系统
WO2023284692A1 (en) Sidelink communication method, and terminal device
WO2022156474A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及装置、终端、接入网设备
CN112703756B (zh) 基站装置、终端装置和无线通信系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17910103

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017910103

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20191120